












CATALOGUE 

OF 

EASTMAN PROFESSIONAL 
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS 
AND MATERIALS 


PUBLISHED BY THE 

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY 


By 

MSI it 






















« 
















INDEX 


Page 

Acids. 182 

Acid Hardener, Eastman’s. 176 

Aero!. 177 

Adapter, Reversible. 85 

Albums, Eastman Portrait. 115 

Aprons . 131 

Aristo Papers. 156 

“ Gold Solution. 178 

Lamp Jacket. 86 

Platinum Solution. 178 

“ Spotting Colors. 179 

Artura Printer. 55 

“ Papers. 157 

Auto Cabinet Attachment. 83 

“ Studio Shutter. 70 

Azo. 165 


Baby Holder, Century. 76 

Back, Century Multiplying. 62 

“ R. O. C. Enlarging. 62 

“ Ground Bracket, Century .... 86 

Grounds, Eastman Portable ... 73 

“ Ground Carrier, Eastman Portable 72 

Backing Papers. 173 

Backs, Reversible. 134 

Banquet Camera. 48 

Bellows, Camera .. 135 

Binders, L. S. 173 

Boards, Lens. 135 

Books, Color Photography. 147 

Boxes, Lantern Slide. 107 

Blotting Paper. 133 

Brace, Eastman Tripod. 80 

Brass Forms. 125 

Bromide Papers. 169 

“ Fabric. 171 

“ Paper Easel. 82 

Brushes. 130 

Bulbs, Camera. 132 


Cabinet, Film Filing. 152 

“ Attachment, Century Auto . . 83 

Printing and Enlarging, F. & S. 54 

Camera Backs, Reversible View .... 134 

“ Bellows. 135 

“ Banquet. 48 

“ Century Lantern Slide .... 45 

“ “ Penny Picture .... 16 

“ Cirkut.31, 32 

“ Crown E. R. & C. 50 

“ Eastman View, No. 1 . . . . 38 

“ “ “ No. 2 ... . 40 

“ F. & S. Commercial. 44 

“ , “ Finger Print .... 21 

tl Folmer & Schwing, E. R. & C. . 51 

“ Graphic E. R. & C. 50 

“ Graflex . 26-28 

“ Improved Sky Scraper ... 46 

“ Premo, No. 9. 34 

“ “ No. 10. 35 

“ R. B. Enlg. 52 

“ R. O. C. Post Card. 17 

“ Revolving Back Cycle Graphic . 36 

“ Rochester Optical View ... 37 

Cameras, Studio. 7-17 

Camera, View Eastman No. 1 . . . . 38 

“ “ “ No. 2 ... . 40 

Stand Jack, Century . , . 81 

Carrying Cases. 135 

“ Case Straps. 135 

Carriage, Sliding Ground Glass .... 84 

Carrier, Eastman Portable Back Ground 72 

Casters, Rubber Tired. 135 

Century Baby Holder. 76 

“ Grand Studio Outfit .... 7 

“ Studio Outfit No. 7 ... . 13 

“ “ “ No. 8 ... . 14 

“ Head Screens and Rest . . . 74, 75 

“ Lantern Slide Camera ... 45 

“ Multiplying Back. 62 

Penny Picture Camera ... 16 


Page 

Century Semi Centennial Stand ... 19 

Studio Outfit No. 4 ... . 11 

“ “ “ No. 5 ... . 12 

;; “ “ no . 7 ... . 13 

No. 8 ... . 14 

Stands. 17-20 

Universal Studio Outfit ... 9 

Cepa Paper. 133 

Chart, Eastman Mask. 104 

Chemicals . 175 

Cirkut Camera.31, 32 

“ Film . . .. 155 

“ Developing and Printing . 174 

Panoramic Outfit. 32 

Printing Frames. 107 

Clips, Film. 129 

Color Filters. 147 

“ Photography, Books on ... . 147 

Colors, Spotting. 179 

Commercial Camera, F. & S. 44 

Cotton, Filter. 180 

Core Plate Dev. Racks. 93 

Condensing Lenses. 114 

Cone, R. O. C. Reflecting. 62 

Crown E. R. & C. Camera. 50 

“ Printer . 58 

Tilting Tripod Top. 81 

“ Tripods . 78 

Curtain, Eastman Focusing. 67 

Curtain Slide Holders. 110 

Cutter, Eastman Mask. 122 


Dark Room Lamps.116, 117 

Delivery Envelopes, Amateur .... 102 

Developers. 154 

Developer, Eastman P-S. 176 

Powders.176, 178 

Developing Box, Film.93, 94 

Hanger, Film Pack .... 104 

and Printing Cirkut Film . 174 

Rack, Core. 93 

Dry Mounting Press, Kodak. 120 

“ “ Tissue. 155 

" Plates.136, 144 

Dryers, Majestic Print. 121 

Duplex Print Square. 114 


Easel, Bromide Paper. 82 

Eastman Enlarging Outfit. 61 

Home Portrait Outfit .... 22 

“ Printer. 60 

Portrait Lenses.Ill, 112 

Vignetter. 68 

Elon . 177 

Enameled Trays. 97 

Enlarging Back, R. O. C. 62 

Outfit, Eastman. 61 

“ R. & C. Cameras. 50-52 

Envelopes, Amateur Delivery .... 102 

“ X-Ray. 154 

Etching Knife . . 127 

Tool Outfit. 127 


Fabric, Bromide. 171 

“ Orange and Ruby. 133 

Ferrotype Plates. 134 

Fibre Fixing Boxes, Eastman. 95 

Filing Cabinets, Film. 152 

Film, Cirkut _. 155 

“ Developing Box .93, 94 

“ Eastman Portrait. 148 

“ Clips. 129 

“ Holder, Portrait.149, 151 

“ Sheath Portrait. 149 

Pack Developing Hanger . . . 104 

“ Hangers . 129 

“ Developing Holder.150, 151 

“ Holders .149, 151 

















































































































INDEX —Continued 


Page 


Film Process. 

“ Tank, Kodak. 

“ Pack Tank, Premo. 

Film, X-Ray. 

Filter Holder, Color. 

Filters, Color. 

Filter, Cotton. 

Finger Print Camera, F. & S. 

“ Tips, Rubber. 

Fixing Boxes, Eastman Hard Rubber . 

R. O. C. Hard Rubber . 

“ “ Fibre . 

Focal Plane Shutter, Graflex . . . . 

Focusing Attachment, Flexible . . . . 

“ Cap, Eastman. 

Curtain, Eastman. 

“ Cloth . 

Folmer & Schwing Banquet Camera . . 

Collapsible Stand 
Commercial Camera . 
Professional Printer . 
Enlarging, Reducing 
and Copying Camera 
“ “ “ FI. P. Outfit . . . 

“ “ “ Univ. Lab. Outfit . . 

Photo Micro. Outfit . 
Laboratory Stand . 
Lantern Slide Attach¬ 
ment . 

L. S. Contact Print¬ 
ing Frame 

“ “ “ Studio Mag. P. & C. 

F. Holder . . . 

Printing and Enlarg¬ 
ing Cabinet . . . 

Reversible Adapter . 
“ “ “ Vignetter . . . . 

“Four-in-One” Groupers, Eastman . . . 

F'orm Holders, Eastman. 

Forms, Brass. 

Frames, Printing. 

Front Boards. 


154 

89 

92 

153, 154 
147 
145, 146 
140 
21 

131 
94 

94 

95 
71 
67 
76 

67 

132 
48 
79 
44 
56 

• 51 
24 
64 
66 
63 

85 

86 

83 

54 

85 

68 
87 

125 
125 
105, 107 
135 


Glass, Ground. 

“ I.. S. Cover. 

“ Retouching and Reducing 
“ Stirring Rods .... 

“ Opal, Orange and Ruby . 

Gloves, Rubber.". . 

Gold Solution, Aristo .... 

Graduates. 

Graphic R. B. Cycle Camera . 

“ Plate Holders .... 

Graflex Cameras. 

Focal Plane Shutter . 

Ground Glass. 

“ Carriage 

“ “ Substitute . . . 

Groupers, Eastman “Four-in-One” 
Gum Paper. 


134 
134 
128 
102, 103 
134 
131 

178 
97, 98 

36 

108 

26-28 

71 

134 

84 

179 
87 

133 


Hand Cameras. 

Hardener, Acid. 

“ Solio. 

Head Screen, Century. 

“ Rest, Century. 

Heater, Toning Bath. 

Holder, Century Baby. 

Holders, Film. 

“ Filter. 

“ Plate . 

Home Portrait Camera. 

“ “ Graflex. 

Outfit, Eastman . . . 

a tt ** F & S 

Reflector, Eastman 
__ “ „ “ “ F. & S. . 

Hood, Eastman Adjustable Lens . . 

Hydrometers. 


34, 35, 36 
176 
181 
74, 75 

75 
99 

76 
109 
147 

. 108-110 
22 
28 
22 
24 
69 
69 
87 
101 


Intensifiers 


181 


Jacket, Aristo Lamp. 86 

Jack, Century Camera Stand .... 81 

Jugs, Eastman Measuring. 98 


Page 


Kits . HO 

Knife, Etching. 127 

Kodak Film Tank. 89 

Kodaloid. 127 

Kodelon. 178 

Kresko . 168 


Laboratory Outfit, Universal. 64 

“ Stands, F. & S. 63 

Lamp, Dark Room.116, 117 

“ Jacket, Aristo. 86 

Lantern Slide Boxes. 107 

“ “ Camera, Century ... 45 

“ “ Slide Cover Glass . . 134 

“ “ Plates.141, 144 

“ “ Attachment, F. & S. . . 85 

“ “ Binders, Eastman . . . 173 

“ “ Printing Frame, F. &• S. 86 

Leather Dressing. 173 

Lens, Eastman Portrait.Ill, 112 

“ Condensing . 114 

“ B. & L. Wide Angle. 113 

“ B. & L. Tessar. 112 

“ Planatograph ........ 113 

“ Wide Angle, Symmetrical ... 114 

“ Boards. 135 

“ Hood, Eastman Adjustable . . 

Litmus Paper. 180 


Magazine Plate and Film Holder, F. & S. 83 

Mask Chart, Eastman.. . 104 

“ Cutter. Eastman. 122 

Masks, Printing. 126 

Measuring Jugs, Eastman. 98 

Mounting Press, Kodak Dry. 120 

“ Tissue “ “. 155 

“ Tape .• 174 

Multiplying Back, Century. 62 


N. A. Velox Liquid Developer ... 176 

Negative Pencil, Century.128, 129 

“ Racks.100, 101 

Varnish, Adamantine .... 179 

Washers, R. O. C. 100 

Nepera Developing Agent. 175 

“ Solution. 175 

“ Waxing Solution. 180 

News Bromide. 171 

Non-Inflammable Retouching Varnish . 183 


Opal and Orange Glass. 134 

Opaque, Eastman. 174 

Orange Fabric. 133 

Outfit, Century Grand Studio .... 7 

“ Studio, No. 4 . . . . 11 

“ “ “ No. 5 ... . 12 

“ “ “ No. 7 ... . 13 

“ “ “ No. 8 ... . 14 

“ “ LTniversal Studio ... 9 

“ Eastman Enlarging. 61 

“ “ Home Portrait ... 22 

“ F. & S. “ ... 24 

“ Universal Laboratory .... 64 

“ F. & S. Photo. Micro. 66 

“ Cirkut Panoramic. 32 


Panoramic Outfit, Cirkut. 32 

Panchromatic Plates. 137, 143, 145 

Papers . 157 

“ Backing . 173 

“ Blotting . 133 

“ Cepa . 133 

“ Gum . 133 

“ Post Office. 133 

“ Litmus. 180 

Paste, Eastman Photo. 174 

Fencils .128, 129 

Penny Picture Camera. Century .... 16 

Photo Note. 168 

“ Micro Outfit, F. & S. 66 

Plates, Dry. 136, 144, 145 

Dev. Racks, Core. 93 

Ferrotype. 134 

Plate Holders.108 110 










































































































INDEX— Continued 


Page 


Plate Magazine Holder. 83 

“ Holder Kits. 110 

“ “ Slides . 110 

“ Tank, Eastman. 91 

Platinum Solution, Aristo. 178 

Platino, Aristo. 156 

Planatograph Lens. 113 

P. M. C. Bromide Paper. 170 

Portrait Albums, Eastman. 115 

Film, Eastman. 148 

Lens, Eastman.Ill, 112 

“ “ B. & L. Tessar .... 112 

Post Cards. 172 

“ Card Camera, R. O. C. 17 

“ “ Plates. 144 

“ Office Paper. 133 

Premo, No. 9. 34 

“ No. 10. 35 

“ Film Pack Tank. 92 

Press Graflex. 27 

“ Kodak Dry Mounting. 120 

Print Dryers, Majestic. 121 

“ Paddle. 131 

“ Rollers. 105 

“ Trimmer, Eastman Revolving . . 125 

“ Washer, Rounds. 99 

Printer, Artura. 55 

Crown . 58 

Eastman. 60 

F. & S. Professional .... 56 

Printing and Enlg. Cabinet, F. & S. . . 54 

“ Cirkut Film. 174 

“ Frames.105, 107 

“ Frame, F. & S. L. S. . . . 86 

Masks, Eastman. 126 

Print Square, Duplex. 114 

Process Film. 154 

P. S. Developer. 176 

P.yro.177, 178 


Racks, Negative.100, 101 

Re-Developer, Royal. 178 

Reducing Glasses. 128 

Reducer, Eastman’s . 179 

Register, Loose Leaf, Studio. 118 

“ Studio System. 119 

Reflecting Cone, R. O. C. 62 

Reflectors, Home Portrait. 69 

“ Studio . 88 

Retouching Frame, Century. 106 

“ Desk, R. O. C. 106 

“ or Magnifying Glasses . . 128 

“ Fluid, Eastman. 180 

“ Varnish, Eastman .... 180 

Reversible Backs. 134 

“ Adapter, F. & S. 85 

Revolving Back Enlg. Camera .... 52 

Rounds Print Washer. 99 

R. O. C. Enlarging Back. 62 

“ Post Card Camera. 17 

“ View Camera. 37 

Rollers, Print. 105 

Royal Re-Developer. 178 

Roylon . 

Rubber Bulbs and Tubing. 132 

“ Finger Tips. 131 

“ Gloves . 131 

“ Trays. 96 

“ Focusing Cloth. 132 

“ Fixing Boxes. 

Ruby Fabric. 133 

“ Glass. 134 


Safelights, Wratten & Wainwright . . 

Scales. 

Screen, Century Head. 

Screws, Tripod. 

Seed Dry Plates. 

Sheaths, Film. 

Shutter, Studio. 

“ Graflx Focal Plane . . . . 

Sky Scraper Camera Improved . . . 

Sleeve Protectors. 

Slides, Plate Holder. 

Sodas . 


116 
74, 75 
135 
136, 141 
149 

70 

71 
46 

132 

110 

179 


Solio. 

“ Hardener .... 

“ Toner . 

Spotting Colors .... 

“ Pencils, Century 
Square, Duplex Print . . 

Squeegee, Eastman . . . 

Stand, No. 6, Century Studio 

it it ^ (( ft 

<< it 4 ’ u a 

t* a 2 « << 

“ F. &. S. Collapsible 
Laboratory 
“ Century Semi-Centennial Studio 
Standard Dry Plates . . 

Stanley Dry Plates . 

Sterling Plate Holders . . 

Stirring Rods. 

“ Rod Thermometer 
Straps for Carrying Cases 
Studio Camera, Century 

“ Outfit, Century Grand 
“ “ “ Universal 

“ “ “ No. 4 

“ “ “ No. 5 

“ “ “ No. 7 

“ “ “ No. 8 

“ Reflector .... 

“ Register, Loose Leaf 
“ “ System . 

“ Shutter .... 

“ Stands. 

Swivel Printing Frames . 


Page 
167 
181 
181 
179 
128, 129 
114 
103 

17 

18 

19 

20 
79 
63 
19 

143 
142 
108 
103 
103 
135 
7-17 
7 
9 
11 
12 

13 

14 
88 

118 
119 
70 
17-20 
105 


102 


Tank, Eastman Plate. 91 

“ Kodak Film. 89 

Premo Film Pack. 92 

Tape, Mounting. 174 

Thermometer, Eastman. 103 

“ Stirring Rod. 103 

Tilting Tripod Top, Crown. 81 

Timer, Eastman. 106 

Tissue, Kodak Dry Mounting .... 155 

Toner, Solio. 181 

Toning Bath Heater. 99 

Tozol. 177 

Trays. 95-97 

Trimmers.122, 125 

Tripods.77, 80 

Tripod Screws. 135 

Top Tilting. 81 

Truck, R. O. C. 80 

Brace, Eastman. 80 

Tubing, Camera. 132 


Universal Laboratory Outfit. 64 

“ Studio Outfit, Century ... 9 


Varnish, Adamantine Negative . . . 

“ Eastman N. I. Retouching . 

Velox. 

“ Liquid Developer, N. A. . . . 

“ “ Hardener. 

View Camera, Eastman No. 1 . . . 

“ “ “ No. 2 . . . 

“ “ Improved Sky Scraper 

“ “ Rochester Optical Co. . 

Vignetter, F. & S. 

“ Eastman. 


179 

180 
162 
176 
176 

38 

40 

46 

37 

68 

68 


Washers, R. O. C. Negative 
Washer, Rounds Print . . . 

Waxing Solution, Nepera . . 

Wheels, Rubber Tired . . . 

Wide Angle Lens . . . . 

Wratten & Wainwright Filters 
“ “ “ Plates 

“ Safelight Lamps . . 

“ Safelights . . . . 


100 
99 
180 
135 
113. 114 
146, 147 
145 

117 

118 


X-Ray Film . . . 

“ Developer . 

'* Envelopes . 

“ Plates . . 


. 153, 154 
154 
154 
141 
















































































































T HIS CATALOGUE is published for 
the convenience of the profession 
and of dealers handling our goods, and 
includes only such products of the 
Eastman Kodak Company and its 
divisions as are used by the professional 
photographer. 

Eastman Kodak Company. 


XVII 


Apparatus and Materials 


7 


The Century Grand Studio Outfit 

The Century Grand Studio Outfit is first class in every respect, and em¬ 
bodies every feature making for simplicity and convenience. 

The Camera is the No. 2 Century Grand; made of finest selected 
mahogany and cherry, metal work of lacquered brass; vertical and hori¬ 
zontal swings, worm screw operated. 



11 x 14 Century Grand Studio Outfit with 8 x io 
Automatic Attachment in Position 


Focusing Knobs on either side of camera. 

The Century Automatic Cabinet Attachment is compact, easy to operate 
and positive in action. 

The attachment carries a reversible curtain slide holder at one end and 
a ground glass screen at the other. After focusing the carrier is moved 
from left to right, thus replacing the focusing screen by the plate-holder and 
automatically withdrawing the curtain slide. Reversing the movement 
closes the slide and replaces the focusing screen in position. The attach¬ 
ment may be adjusted to make two pictures on the one plate. The attach¬ 
ment is supplied to take either 4 .% x 6 l / 2 , 4 24 x 6^2 or 5 x 7 holders for 
the 8 x 10 or 11x14 camera. 









8 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


An automatic attachment, taking 8 x io plates, may be fitted to the 
11 x 14 camera. Two exposures may be made on the 8x10 plate. Holder 
may be adapted for 6^2 x $y 2 plates if specified in order. 

The Century Universal Curtain Slide Holder is supplied; takes all sizes 
of plates from full capacity of camera down. 

One curtain slide holder either 5x7, 4)4 x 6*4 or 4^ x 6 J / 2 is also 
included; both holders in ebonized finish. 

The Stand is the No. 2 Century. For full description see page 20. 



Century Universal Plate Holder showing Device for operating side and back swings 

method of holding kits in position 


Century Grand Portrait Camera No. 2, 8x10. 

Focal capacity, 25 inches. Size of lens board, 9x9 inches. 

Century Grand Portrait Camera No. 2, 11 x 14. 

Focal capacity, 43 inches. Size of lens board, 10 x 10 inches. 


The Price 


Century Grand Studio Outfit, complete, including Grand Portrait Camera 
No. 2 with Universal Holder, Automatic Cabinet Attachment and one 
Curtain Holder (5x7, 4J4 x 6)4, or 4)4 x 6)4, size optional), No. 2 
Camera Stand with rack to carry ten plate holders . 

Century Grand Studio Outfit, complete, including Grand Portrait Camera 
No. 2 with Universal Holder, Automatic Attachment for 8 x 10 Holders 
and one 8 x 10 Curtain Holder, No. 2 Camera Stand with plate holder 
rack. 


When Furnished Separately 

Grand Studio Camera No. 2 only with Universal Holder 
Century Studio Stand No. 2. 

Automatic Cabinet Attachment with one holder (5 x 7, \y A x 6)4 or 4 Va x 6H 
size optional as above). 

Extra Curtain Slide Holder for Cabinet Attachment, Hard Wood Ebonized 
finish . 

Automatic Attachment for 8x10 holder with one 8x10 Curtain Holder 

Extra 8x10 Curtain Holder, Hard Wood, Ebonized finish 

Extra Century-Universal Holder. 

Rack, grooved to carry ten cabinet holders 


8 x 10 

11 x 14 

$129.00 

$164.00 



169.00 

54.00 

82.00 

45.00 

48.00 

27.00 

31.00 

3.50 

3.50 


36.00 


6.50 

12.00 

18.00 

3.00 

3.00 


























Apparatus and Materials 


9 


The Century Universal Studio Outfit 

In designing and constructing the Century Universal Studio Outfit, we 
have produced an equipment that embodies the highest degree of efficiency 
with elegance of design and richness of finish. 

The camera is made of fine selected mahogany and cherry, highly pol¬ 
ished, the metal work being lacquered brass. It is provided with vertical 
and horizontal swings operated by worm screw and sector. 



ii x 14 Universal Studio Outfit with 8 x 10 Automatic 
Attachment in Position 

The focusing adjustments are identical with those on the Century Grand 
Camera described on page 7 . 

The Automatic Cabinet Attachment is readily put in place by swinging 
the focusing screen around at the side of the camera, a double action hinge 
allowing the screen to be swung entirely out of the way. 

The Universal Holder and the Curtain Slide Cabinet Holder, which 
form a part of the Attachment, are ebonized, adding richness and dignity 
to the outfit. 

The Century Automatic Attachment is the same as supplied with the 
Century Grand Studio Outfit. 

















10 


Eastman Professional Photographic 



In child portraiture the Century Semi-Centennial Stand is indis¬ 
pensable, as the platform may be elevated to 49 inches or depressed to 
within 14 inches of the floor. This brings the axis of the lens into correct 


relation to the position of the subj 


and eliminates the incorrect perspec¬ 
tive and false drawing obtained with 
stands of the ordinary sort. The back 
of the stand may be raised and low¬ 
ered by turning a conveniently located 
handle. The tilting device is positive 
in its action, self-locking, and does not 
jar the camera upon being operated. 

The platform is raised and low¬ 
ered by pinions engaging vertical 
racks attached to uprights, a unique 
locking device holding the platform in 
any required position, irrespective of 
the size or weight of camera carried. 
A jack for locking the stand in posi¬ 
tion on the floor, and noiseless rubber- 
tired casters are included. 


Century Grand Portrait Camera 
No. 2, 8x10. Focal capac¬ 
ity, 25 inches. Size of Lens 
Board, 9x9 inches. 


8 x 10 Universal Studio Outfit with 5 x 7 
Automatic Attachment in position 


Century Grand Portrait Camera 
No. 2, 11 x 14. Focal capac¬ 
ity, 43 inches. Size of Lens 
Board, iox io inches. 


The Price 

Century Universal Studio Outfit, complete, including Grand Studio Camera 
No. 2 with Century Universal Studio Holder, Automatic Cabinet Attach¬ 
ment and one Curtain Holder (5x7, 4^[x6j4 or 4-% x 6)4, size op¬ 
tional), Century Semi-Centennial Stand with rack to carry twelve plate 
holders ............. 

Century Universal Studio Outfit, complete, including Grand Studio Camera 
with Century Universal Holder, Automatic Attachment for 8x10 
Holders, and one 8x10 Curtain Holder, Century Semi-Centennial 
Stand with plate holder rack ......... 


When Furnished Separately 

Grand Studio Camera only, with Universal Holder . . . . . 

Century Semi-Centennial Stand ......... 

Cabinet Automatic Attachment with one holder (5x7, 4% x 6)4 or 4)4 x 6)4, 
size optional as above) .......... 

Extra Curtain Slide Holder or Cabinet Attachment, Hard Wood, Ebonized 
finish .............. 

Automatic Attachment for 8x10 holder with one 8x10 Curtain Holder 

Extra 8 x 10 Curtain Holder, Hard Wood, Ebonized finish 

Extra Century Universal Holder ......... 

Rack, grooved to carry twelve cabinet holders ...... 


8 x 10 

11 x 14 

$117.00 

$154.00 

t v/ 

159.00 

54.00 

82.00 

33.00 

38.00 

27.00 

31.00 

3.50 

3.50 


36.00 


6.50 

12.00 

18.00 

3.00 

3.00 



























Apparatus and Materials 


11 


Century Studio Outfit No. 4 

This outfit is especially designed for use in a confined space, and all 
parts are made as light and compact as is consistent with good workmanship. 
The camera is the Century Portrait No. 4 , 8 x 10 . It is of most rigid 
construction, built of mahogany and cherry, and splendidly finished; pro¬ 
vided with vertical and horizontal swings and rack and pinion focusing 
device. The back frame bolster is 
fitted with metal V’d guides sliding in 
V’d grooves in bed, providing easy 
and accurate focusing and freedom 
from vibration. A binding screw is 
provided to securely lock the back 
frame in any desired position after 
focusing. Focal capacity 22 inches, 
lens board 9 x 9 inches. 

The Cabinet Attachment is not 
automatic, but takes the regular 5 x 7 
Century Curtain Slide Holder, which 
is fitted at one end of the attachment 
and ground glass at the other, per¬ 
mitting the operator to focus and 
slide the carriage so as to bring the 
plate holder in position for exposure, 
drawing the slide by hand. These 
holders provide for loading plates in 
either position. When plates are 
loaded in a horizontal position, the 
Cabinet Attachment permits two exposures on a 5 x 7 plate. The regular 
8 x 10 Light Weight Curtain Slide Holder in ebony finish is fitted, which 
is reversible on camera, also detachable 8 x 10 Ground Glass Screen. 

An adapter frame with spring actuated ground glass can be fitted to the 
above camera, permitting the use of Eastman View Holders, taking plates 
or cut film. 

The No. 4 Century Stand is supplied. (See page 18 for description.) 

The Price 

Century Studio Outfit No. 4, including Century Studio Camera No. 4, with 8x10 Light 8x10 
Weight Curtain Slide Holder, Cabinet Attachment and 5x7 Curtain Slide Holder, 

No. 4 Century Stand and Holder Rack.$69.00 

When Furnished Separately 

Century Portrait Camera No. 4 with Curtain Slide Holder. 

Century Camera Stand No. 4 . . . .. 

Century Cabinet Attachment No. 4 with Cabinet Curtain Slide Holder .... 

Extra No. 4 8 x 10 Light Weight Curtain Slide Holder, ebonized finish .... 

Extra Curtain Slide Holders for Cabinet Attachment, ebonized finish, each 
8x10 Spring Actuated Ground Glass Back to take 8x10 Eastman View Plate or Cut 

Film Holder. 

Adapter Frame adapting the above back to camera ........ 


34.00 

16.00 

19.00 

6.50 

3.50 

14.00 

2.50 























12 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Century Studio Outfit No. 5 


The No. 5 Studio Outfit consists of 5 x 7 Studio Camera with sliding 
back, stand and double plate holder, and is particularly well adapted for 

branch studio or resort work. 



The camera has 14 inch bellows, swing 
back, sliding plate holder carrier, and 
micrometer focusing device. 

The back is reversible, accommodating 
the regular 5x7 double plate holders. 

The back may be locked in three posi¬ 
tions, permitting one, two or four expos¬ 
ures on a 5 x 7 plate. 

The Plate Holder is the regular 5 x 7 
Eastman Double View Holder, equipped 
with light excluding cut-off. The slide 
may be inserted cornerwise without danger 
of fogging the plate; a valuable feature in 
a busy studio. 

The lens is a Bausch & Lomb portrait 
lens, speed of /.5, equipped with iris 
diaphragm, focal length 10 inches. 

The Stand is of substantial construc¬ 
tion, made of hard wood, richly finished; 
raising and lowering device, also, gravity 
tilting device. 


The No. 5 Outfit is a complete outfit, and though inexpensive measures 
fully up to the Century standard of quality, and will not be found out of 
keeping with the equipment of the most up to date studio. 


The Price 


No. 5 Century Studio Outfit complete, including Camera, Stand, Lens, Shutter and one 
double plate holder 

No. 5 Century Studio Outfit, without Lens and Shutter. 

Extra plate holders, 5x7, each .. 


$76.00 

35.00 

1.25 










Apparatus and Materials 


13 


Century Studio Outfit No. 7 



The Century Studio Outfit No. 7 is the same as the Universal Studio 
Outfit, with the exception of the swinging ground glass frame and the use 
of Curtain Slide Holders being dispensed with, substituting instead a sliding 
carriage fitted with 
spring actuated re¬ 
versible ground glass 
frame, similar to that 
used on the regular 
View Camera, taking 
the regular Eastman 
View Camera Plate or 
Cut Film Holders, 
permitting exposures 
on full plate in either 
horizontal or vertical 
position. By using the 
diaphragm furnished 
one may make two ex¬ 
posures on the plate 
in a horizontal posi¬ 
tion. The sliding car¬ 
riage permits the plate 
being shifted sufficient¬ 
ly to center perfectly 
with the lens. 

Extra reversible 
adapters may be had 
to take smaller sized 
Eastman View Plate 
or Cut Film Holders, 
affording the most complete and up-to-date Studio Outfit now on the market. 

The stand is the regular No. 1 Semi-Centennial Stand. (See page 19 .) 


The Price 

Century Studio Outfit No. 7 complete consists of an 8 x 10 Studio Camera No. 7, with 
Sliding Ground Glass Carriage, including one 8x10 and one 5x7 Adapter Back, 
with an 8x10 and 5x7 Eastman View Plate or Cut Film Holder, and Semi- 
Centennial Stand.$104.00 


When Furnished Separately 

One No. 7 Studio Camera with Sliding Ground Glass Carriage and one 8 x 10 East¬ 
man View Plate or Cut Film Holder.60.00 

One No. 7 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage with 8 x 10 Eastman View Plate or Cut 

Film Holder.23.00 

One No. 1 Semi-Centennial Stand . • • • • 33.00 

One 8x10-5x7 Adapter Back to take 5x7 Eastman View Plate or Cut Film Holder 11.00 
Plate Holder Carrier.3.50 



























14 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Century Studio Outfit No. 8 

The Century Studio Outfit No. 8 is without question the most substantial 
and efficient equipment that has been offered to the professional photog¬ 
rapher. The camera is rigidly constructed of the best possible material, 
and its double bellows and telescopic bed afford a focal capacity of 43 



inches, which is more than ample for the most exacting work. The wood¬ 
work of the camera is made of the finest selected mahogany and cherry 
highly polished and all metal work is of lacquered brass. The camera is 
provided with both horizontal and vertical swings, which are actuated by 
a worm screw movement. Focusing is rendered particularly easy by the 
fact that a large focusing knob is fitted to each side of the camera, a large 
draw knob in the center locking the camera back in any desired position. 
The camera back is supported by small V metal rollers running in grooves. 
This permits the back of the camera to be moved easily and smoothly. 




















Apparatus and Materials 


15 


The sliding ground glass carriage takes 11 x 14 Sterling Plate or 
Portrait Film Holder, and the carriage is furnished with an adapter 
back which takes either 8 x 10 Eastman View Plate or Portrait Film 
Holder. The spring actuated ground glass back fitted to this sliding 
carriage is reversible, and adjustments are provided for two exposures on 
an 11 x 14 or two exposures on an 8 x 10 plate. If desired, interchange¬ 
able backs can be secured, permitting the use of 6 ^ 4 x 8^4 or 5 x 7 holders 
with the 11 x 14 sliding carriage above mentioned. 

The stand supplied with this outfit is the well known Century Semi- 
Centennial Stand in the 11 x 14 size. The felt covered platform on this 
stand may be elevated 49 inches from the floor, and a quick acting worm 
screw, actuated by a readily accessible handle, enables the operator to tilt 
the platform. The platform is raised and lowered by pinions engaging 
vertical racks attached to the uprights. These racks are milled from 
heavv brass, and a unique locking device is provided which holds the plat¬ 
form at any desired elevation. A heavy spring on the shaft acts as a 
counterbalance, and the platform may be easily raised and lowered irrespec¬ 
tive of the size and weight of the camera carried. A jack for locking the 
stand in position on the floor and noiseless rubber tired casters are provided. 

The Price 

Century Studio Outfit No. 8 complete consists of an 11 x 14 Studio Camera No. 8, with 
one Sliding Ground Glass Carriage, one 11x14 Sterling Plate or Cut Film 
Holder, one 8 x 10 Adapter Back with 8 x 10 Eastman View Plate or Cut Film 
Holder, one 5x7 Adapter Back with 5x7 Eastman View Plate or Cut Film Holder, 
and one No. 2 Semi-Centennial Stand.$156.00 


When Furnished Separately 

One No. 8 Studio Camera 11x14 with Sliding Ground Glass Carriage and one 11x14 

Eastman View Plate or Cut Film Holder.92.00 

One No. 2 Semi-Centennial Stand.38.00 

One 11 x 14-8 x 10 Adapter Back to take 8 x 10 Eastman View Plate or Cut Film Holder 15.00 
One. 8x10-5x7 Adapter Back to take 5x7 Eastman View Plate or Cut Film Holder 11.00 
Plate Holder Carrier for twelve 8x10 or 5x7 Holders ...... 3.50 

Plate Holder Carrier for three 11x14 Holders.3.50 

One No. 8 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage and one 11x14 Sterling Plate or Cut Film 

Holder. 28 - 00 









16 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Century Penny Picture Camera 

Without question, the Century 
Penny Picture Camera is the most 
substantial and efficient camera of 
its kind ever placed on the market. 
The camera is solidly constructed 
of mahogany and cherry, and has a 
bellows capacity of 17 inches. 

The back is made to slide both 
vertically and horizontally and per¬ 
mits taking one, two, four, six, 
eight, twelve, sixteen or twenty- 
four exposures on the same 5 x 7 
plate. This camera is fitted with 
a quick acting focusing knob, while 
all working parts have been constructed of material sufficiently heavy to 
overcome the many objectionable features in the multiplying cameras here¬ 
tofore supplied. 

The addition of the Cen¬ 
tury Portrait Lens, as supplied 
with the No. 5 Studio Outfit 
and special shutter, leaves 
nothing to be desired in the 
line of a complete penny pic¬ 
ture outfit. 

Century Penny Picture 
Camera, 5 x 7 . Focal 
capacity, 17 inches. 

Size of Lens board, 

6 l /> x 6 l /> inches. 




The Price 

Reversible Back Century Penny Picture Camera, including full set of kits and one 5x7 

Eastman View Plate Holder.. $33.00 

Extra 5x7 Eastman View Plate Holders, each.1.25 

Century No. 5 Portrait Lens, f.S .. 36.00 

Shutter, with bulb and tube .......... 5 qq 










Apparatus and Materials 


17 


The R. O. C. Post Card Camera 

These instruments are strong and compact and meet perfectly the 
demand for an inexpensive, yet durable and attractive, camera for post 
card work. They are supplied with reversible back either 3 ^x 4 ^, 
3/4 x s x /2, 4 x 5 or 5 x 7 (size optional), and one double plate holder. 



R. O. C. Post Card Camera . .$12.00 

Extra Reversible Backs, either 3J4x4^, 3J4 x 5J4 or 4x5.2.50 

Extra Reversible Backs, 5x7.3.00 

Extra Double Plate Holders, 314x414, 3J4 x SYi or 4 x 5..75 

Extra Double Plate Holders, 5x7 . . .. . i.oo 

Extra Plate Holder Slides, 3J4 x +/4, 3J4 x 5J4 or 4 x 5..10 

Extra Plate Holder Slides, 5x7 . .15 


No. 6 

Century Studio Stand 

In construction, the Century Studio 
Stand No. 6 is similar to the No. 3 , having 
the same raising and lowering device. This 
stand is fitted with the gravity tilting device 
similar to that supplied on the No. 5 Studio 
Outfit, and the top is finished in natural 
wood instead of being felt-covered. The 
feet on the No. 6 Stand are fitted with 
rubber tired casters. 


The Price 

Century Studio Stand No. 6 



. $10.00 












8 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


No. 3 Century Studio Stand 



Made of hard wood with mahogany finish. 
The stand is raised and lowered by means of a 
spiral movement which is self-locking. The 
top is covered with felt and provided with the 
regular Century tilting device. This device is 
exceedingly rapid anci accurate in operation. 
The clamping of the steel rod which supports 
the top is automatic, a slight pressure of the 
thumb is all that is required when the top is to 
be lowered, and when the camera is to be tilted 
forward the rear of the top is simply lifted to 
the desired point, where it locks and remains in 
position. All metal parts beautifully enameled. 
The stand is exceedingly firm and rigid and 
bears throughout every evidence of careful 
workmanship. 


The Price 


Century Studio Stand No. 3 


$12.00 


No. 4 Century Studio Stand 


This stand is a most substantial piece 
of apparatus. It is raised and lowered by 
Archimedes mechanical device which is 
self-locking. The stand rests upon three 
rubber tired casters, and is equipped with 
the Century Camera Jack, which, by a 
movement of the foot, renders it impos¬ 
sible to move the outfit when the exposure 
is about to be made. The top is covered 
with felt and fitted with the Century Auto¬ 
matic Tilting device. The stand is made 
of hard wood, mahogany stained, all 
metal parts enameled. A plate holder 
rack is attached to the stand in a convenient 
position and does much to facilitate quick¬ 
ness and ease in operating. 



The Price 


Century Studio Stand No. 4 


$16.00 






Apparatus and Materials 


19 


The Century Semi-Centennial Stand 



The many advantages of the Semi-Centennial Stand are instantly appar¬ 
ent in all branches of photography, but in child portraiture this stand is 
indispensable, as the platform may be elevated to 49 inches or depressed to 
within 14 inches of the floor. 

This brings the camera suf¬ 
ficiently close to the floor to 
bring the axis of the lens into 
correct relation to the position 
of the subject, and eliminates 
the false drawing obtained 
with stands of the ordinary 
sort. The back of the plat¬ 
form may be raised and low¬ 
ered by simply turning a con¬ 
veniently located handle. The 
tilting device is positive in its 
action, self-locking, and does 
not jar the camera upon being 
operated. 

The platform is raised and 
lowered by rack and pinion, 
milled from heavy stock. The 
weight of camera and equip¬ 
ment is balanced by heavy 
spiral tempered steel springs 
connected to pinion shaft, per¬ 
mitting any adjustment for 
height of camera on this stand 
with the least exertion. A 
unique locking device secures 
the platform at any desired position. The frame carrying platform and 
the uprights are made from heavy stock, affording the greatest rigidity. 

The triangular base of stand is cast of sufficient weight to harmonize 
with the upper construction of stand, fitted with three rubber tired casters 
and jack, permitting stand to be moved noiselessly about the floor and 
locked with jack. 

The Century Semi-Centennial Stand—total height 51 inches, maximum 
elevation of platform 49 inches, minimum 14 inches from floor. Floor 
space occupied, 29 x 33 inches. Finish, mahogany. Platform covered with 

brown felt. r rj n . 

1 he Jr rice 


:i x 14 Semi-Centennial Stand. 


Century Semi-Centennial Stand No. 1, 8 x 10 . . . $33.00 

Century Semi-Centennial Stand No. 2, 11 x 14 . . . . . 38.00 

Do., with 46 inch platform, 3 tripod sockets, for Commercial Camera No. 1 . 36.00 

Do., with 57 inch platform, 3 tripod sockets, for Commercial Camera No. 2 41.00 









20 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


No. 2 Century Studio Stand 

The No. 2 Century Studio Stand is a practical and substantial camera 
support, made from selected mahogany and cherry, which, in its highly 
polished natural grain, harmonizes with the oxidized metal parts, making 
a very attractive piece of furniture in the studio. 

The stand is raised and lowered by rack and pinion connecting to both 
uprights, augmented by a spring with adjustable tension to compensate for 

the weight of camera and equip¬ 
ment used on stand. A large wheel 
connected with this shaft, with 
crank in accessible position within 
easy reach of operator, permits 
ready adjustment to any height up 
to full elevation of stand. 

An automatic spring brake 
locks the stand rigidly at the de¬ 
sired elevation, and may be re¬ 
leased readily when stand is to be 
lowered. 

The stand is raised three inches 
by each revolution of pinion. 

The top is carried on a sub¬ 
stantial frame with broad guide- 
ways, eliminating all unnecessary 
play, affording the greatest rigidity 
to camera when in an elevated posi¬ 
tion. Top of stand provides for 
tilting movement of camera, which affords quick action, as when top is 
raised to the desired angle it locks automatically, and may be lowered by 
slight thumb pressure on release. 

Stand is fitted with rubber tired casters, and camera jack for holding 
stand in the desired position. 

Top of stand is covered with brown felt, harmonizing with the high 
mahogany finish of stand. 

A mahogany rack grooved to carry ten Cabinet Curtain Slide Holders 
is conveniently attached to side of stand. 



The Price 


8x10 11x14 

$45.00 $48.00 

3.00 


Century Studio Stand No. 2 

Rack grooved to carry 10 Cabinet Holders 


3.00 








Apparatus and Materials 


21 


F. & S. Finger Print Camera 



The F. & S. Finger Print Camera affords not only a thoroughly efficient 
means for securing photographically accurate records of finger prints, but 
is readily adapted to other uses where accurate photographic records are 
desired. There is often occasion for quickly obtaining a picture of a small 
pattern, signature, formula, label, photograph, or a portion of some printed 
or written matter. The Finger Print Camera is designed to meet such 
requirements. Its small size makes it most convenient for general use, and 
especially in locations inaccessible to apparatus previously employed. 

The camera is equipped with four miniature lamps operated by batteries 
contained in the camera. These lamps are located behind the front aperture 
and serve to illuminate the finger prints, or other subjects when the photo¬ 
graphic record is made. These lights may also be used for locating the 
finger prints by pressing a small button provided for that purpose. The 
lens is an /.6-3 Kodak Anastigmat which is unalterably fixed in the camera 
at a point that renders a Full Sized image of the finger print with extreme 
definition. The shutter mechanism is extremely simple and exposures of 
any duration can be readily made. The camera accommodates all of the 
Graflex Jr. attachments provided for the use of plates, cut or roll film 
and film packs. 

The camera measures 11 ^ x6x6 inches and, with batteries, weighs 
but five pounds five ounces. 

The Price 

F. & S. Finger Print Camera complete with lens, shutter, two batteries, ten lamps and 


one double plate holder, 24x34 .$30.00 

Graflex Roll Holder (for 6-exposure Graflex Roll Film).7.00 

Graflex Film Pack Adapter (for 12-exposure Premo Film Pack, 24 x 34) . . . 3.00 

Graflex Magazine Plate Holder (for 12 glass plates, 24x34) .10.00 

Graflex Plate Holder, 2^x34 .1-50 

Extra batteries No. 789, each..65 

Extra Mazda Miniature Lamps, each..15 

Extra Mazda Miniature Lamps, per carton of ten.1.50 











77 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Eastman Home Portrait Outfit 



The Eastman Home Portrait Outfit includes every essential, including 
5x7 camera, lens, shutter, special tripod, background and carrier, reflector, 
plate holders, etc., all so arranged as to pack compactly in two cases, and 
light enough to be easily carried. 

The camera, tripod and poles for reflector, and background carrier are 
made of cherry, wax finished, all metal parts of the outfit copper oxidized. 
The camera bellows is square, of first quality red leather, and the unusually 
large front board will accommodate any size lens. 

The bed of the camera is tilted by means of a quick acting rack and 
pinion; the back is reversible and provided with a removable focusing 
mirror which reflects the entire image right side up. 

The lens is the No. 6 Eastman Anastigmat, /.6.3, ten inch focus, cover¬ 
ing the plate perfectly at full opening. The shutter is of the automatic 
double valve type, equipped with a lever for opening the shutter leaves for 











Apparatus and Materials 


23 


focusing, neatly finished in black. Bulb and six feet of tubing. A velvet 
lined black sole leather hood is fitted to the lens. 

The tripod has an aluminum top, and sliding adjustable legs, rubber 
tipped. Stays run from each leg to a rod in the center, which is a continua¬ 
tion of the tripod screw. These stays hold the tripod absolutely rigid and 
it may be lifted up and moved without danger of collapsing. 

The background is made of a special imported willow cloth, 7 feet long 
and 8 feet wide, the design and color being selected with special reference 
to photographic use. The background rod is made in three sections, and 
attached to an Eastman Background Carrier. 

The reflector is macie of white opaque Holland shade cloth and will 
reflect the maximum amount of light; mounted and hung on a stand similar 
to the background carrier. An adjustable rod is provided for holding the 
reflector at any angle. Cloth bags are provided for storing the background 
carrier and reflector stand when folded. 



Entire Outfit Contained in Two Cases 

The carrying cases are exceedingly light for their strength, and covered 
with water-proof brown Spanish Rutan, which closely resembles alligator 
hide. 

The outfit also includes nine double plate holders, extra front board, 
and a 36x48 inch head cloth of Italian fabric. 

The Price 

Eastman Home Portrait Outfit, including Eastman Home Portrait Camera, 5x7, No. 6 
Eastman Anastigmat lens, Home Portrait Shutter, Lens Hood, 9 Double Plate 
Holders, extra Front Board, Home Portrait Tripod, Home Portrait Background and 
Carrier, Home Portrait Reflector, Head Cloth, and Two Special Carrying Cases 

When Furnished Separately 

Eastman Home Portrait Camera, 5x7, Carrying Case, extra Front Board and one 

Double Plate Holder. 

Eastman Anastigmat Lens, No. 6. 

Home Portrait Shutter. 

Home Portrait Lens Hood. 

Home Portrait Tripod .. 

Home Portrait Background Carrier. 

Home Portrait Background. 

Home Portrait Reflector ....••••• 

Home Portrait Head Cloth. 

Carrying Cases, each ...••••• 

Extra Plate Holders, 5x7, each. 

Extra Carrier Rod including Bag. 


$132.50 


30.00 

46.50 

14.00 

.75 

4.50 

7.00 

15.00 

8.00 

1.00 

4.50 
1 00 

1.50 





















24 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


F. & S. Home Portrait Outfit No. 2 

The F.&S. Home Portrait Outfit No. 2 is complete, thoroughly efficient, 
and entirely in keeping with the furnishings of the most luxurious home. 

The camera is richly finished in dark mahogany, in perfect harmony with 
the nickel finish of the metal work; it has both front and back rack and 

pinion focusing attachment, 
^ * as well as adjustments for 

vertical and horizontal 
swing. 

The rising and lower¬ 
ing front is independent of 
the bellows, has a move¬ 
ment of three inches, more 
than ample for the most 
exacting work. 

A spring actuated lens 
hood effectually shades the 
lens when working towards 
the light, and the back 
frame of the camera is pro¬ 
vided with four clips for 
holding the focusing cloth 
in position; front board, 
7x7 inches; focal capacity, 
22 inches. 

The Sliding Ground 
Glass Carriage permits the 
making of two 5x8 negatives on an 8 x 10 film or plate, the lens being 
perfectly centered for each exposure. 

When making 8 x 10 negatives, the receding ground glass back is 
employed; either attachment can be instantly attached or detached. 

The Home Portrait Stand is remarkably rigid, and occupies but little 
space when folded. The top is a finely finished aluminum casting; can be 
quickly removed, and may be tilted in either direction. The telescopic up¬ 
right is made of heavy brass tubing, finely nickeled; the platform may be 
lowered to within 30 inches of the floor, or raised to 4^ feet. The legs 
are of mahogany, finished to harmonize with the woodwork of the camera. 

The Stand is equipped with silent casters fitted to heavily nickeled caps 
that fit over the ends of the legs, and are each adjustable to take up any 
unevenness of the floor. 

The outside edge of the camera bed is grooved to fit angle pieces on the 
top of the stand, being held firmly by binding screws, thus doing away with 
tripod screws and sockets. 







Apparatus and Materials 


25 



The F. & S. Studio Shutter works back of the lens, and is operated by 
bulb and tubing. It is noiseless in operation, and fits the opening for the lens 
board in the camera, the lens being attached to a separate lens board in the 

shutter, allowing a 
number of lenses to be 
used with the same 
shutter. 

We recommend 
the B. & L. Tessar 
Lens, Series Ic, /.4.5, 
No. 18, 1 1 inch 
focus, for use with this 
outfit, as its high speed 

Two Sole Leather Cases Contain the Complete Outfit an( j remarkable flat¬ 


ness of field commend it especially for portrait work. 

Sterling Portrait Film Holders are supplied with the outfit, but if 
preferred, we will supply Sterling Plate Holders at the same price. 

The Reflector consists of a sheet of white cloth 6 feet 4 inches by 44 
inches, suspended from a jointed metal rod, and supported by a light yet 
rigid folding metal stand. An adjustable rod 
permits the inclination of the reflector to any 
angle. When fully extended, the reflector is 
6y 2 feet in height. 

Two solid sole leather cases contain the 




complete outfit. The cases are velvet lined, 
with compartments for every part of the out¬ 
fit. Each case has two snap catches as well 
as lock and key. 


The Price 


1 8 x 10 F. & S. Home Portrait Camera No. 2 

with one 8 x 10 Sterling double Portrait 


Film Holder, and velvet-lined sole 
leather case with lock and key . . $90.00 

1 8x10 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage . 12.00 

1 F. & S. Home Portrait Stand No. 2 . . 35.00 

1 No. 2 Background, 7x8 feet . . . 12.00 

1 F. & S. Reflector.8.00 

1 Focusing Cloth ...... 1.00 

5 Extra 8x10 Sterling Film or Plate Holders, 

each $2.50.12.50 

1 No. 1 F. & S. Studio Shutter . . . 11.00 

1 B. & L. Tessar Lens, Series Ic, /.4.5, No. 18 139.50 

1 Velvet-lined Sole Leather Carrying Case 
with lock and key for Stand, Reflector 
and Background.27.00 


The Top of the Home Portrait Stand 
can be Tilted in Either Direction 













26 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Graflex Cameras 

To those familiar with the convenience, ease, and above all, the accuracy 
of photography with the Graflex Camera, it is needless to call attention to 
the many special features that enable the Graflex to accomplish results far 
beyond the limitations set by all other cameras. It is for those who have 
not used a Graflex—who are not familiar with its construction and advan¬ 
tages—that this brief description of the Graflex is intended. 

Graflex Cameras are of the mirror reflecting type, enabling the operator 
to view the image full size and right side up to the instant of exposure. 

An essential feature of all Graflex Cameras is the focal plane shutter by 
means of which exposures ranging from Mooo of a second to time exposures 
of any duration may be made. 

The Graflex Shutter consists of a long curtain, with apertures varying 
from full opening to an eighth of an inch, and so constructed that the 
aperture retains, during exposure, an absolutely uniform, parallel, and 
never a wedge shaped, opening. 

While possessing the ability to photograph rapidly moving objects, the 
utility of the Graflex is by no means confined to this class of work, as it 
covers the entire photographic field and is equal to any photographic 
emergency. The same principles that enable the Graflex to portray with 
the utmost precision of detail, the most rapidly moving objects, will also 
enable it to secure perfect results under conditions that, with an ordinary 
camera, would result in failure. 

The reflecting mirror is set at an angle which reflects the image from 
the lens on a ground glass screen on top of the camera and shows the object 
to be photographed, right side up and full negative size, up to the instant 
of exposure. The mirror is released by pressing a lever, which in turn 
releases the shutter just at the instant the mirror itself swings up out of the 
cone of light. 

The camera bodies of all Graflex cameras are made of mahogany and 
covered with fine Persian Morocco leather. All visible wood parts are 
given a fine ebonized finish and the metal work is oxidized in gun metal 
finish. 

The special Graflex catalogue may be obtained from your dealer, or 
will be mailed upon request to the Folmer & Schwing Department of the 
Eastman Kodak Company. 






Apparatus and Materials 


27 


The Press Graflex 

The Press Graflex is designed with special reference to the needs of the 
press photographer, and is of unusual strength throughout. 

Made in 5 x 7 size only, and is of the non-reversible type. 

The tension roller for operating the focal plane shutter is clock spring 
operated, with variable speeds from Yio to Yisoo of a second. Slow, 
instantaneous and time exposures of any duration may also be made. 
Exposure aperture indicator is al¬ 
ways in full view of operator. 

Lenses from 8 inch to 12 inch 
equivalent focus may be used. Two 
tripod sockets. The focusing hood 
opens automatically by pressing 
small lever. 

The regular Graflex double 
plate holder, Film Pack Adapter, 

Graflex Magazine Plate Holder, or 
Graflex Roll Holder may be used. 

To insure proper fitting, we 
recommend that cameras be bought 
from us complete with lenses as 
listed. We will not hold ourselves 
responsible for results with any of 
our cameras when lenses are not 
fitted by us. 

A nominal charge will be made for fitting lenses sent to us. 

Size of camera, 11 x 8^ *924 inches. 

Focal capacity, 14 inches. 

Weight, pounds. 

Size of lens board, 4x4 inches. 

Minimum focus of lenses accommodated, 8 inches. 


The Price 

5x7 

Press Graflex without Lens, including one Double Plate Holder ..... $110.00 

With B. & L. Tessar Lens, Series Ic, No. 16, /.4.5 ........ 172.00 

Graflex Magazine Plate or Cut Film Holder, Model A, extra ..... 15.00 

Film Pack Adapter, leather covered, extra.7.50 

Graflex Roll Holder, extra . ..10.00 

Leather Case for Camera and Plate Holder or Adapter attached, with Lock and Key 14.50 

Extra Graflex Holders, each.3.50 

Extra Lens Boards, each .. -75 

















28 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Home Portrait Graflex 

As its name implies, this camera is designed to meet the requirements 
of those engaged in Home Portraiture. 

Although this camera is primarily intended for portrait work, it is 
equally efficient in all other branches of photography where excessive shutter 
speed is not essential. The Home Portrait Graflex is fitted with a special 
Focal Plane Shutter which will give automatic exposures as long as 
second, or instantaneous exposures of any duration up to %oo of a second. 



By a unique adjustment increased illumination may be secured with auto¬ 
matic exposures, by adding one or more of the exposing apertures to the 
full curtain opening. This adjustment consists of an escapement, which 
permits the curtain to travel its full length, utilizing all apertures. As an 
example, the curtain may be set for the full 7-inch and the next smaller, 
2-inch, opening, this would give the effect of a 9-inch curtain aperture. 
The shutter is adjusted to give time exposures of any duration. 

One of the special features of this camera that makes it exceptionally 
efficient in portrait work is the swinging front movement. By a slight turn 
of a quick acting screw, the front may be tipped either up or down to correct 
the false perspective frequently obtained in sitting figures or in groups 
where some of the subjects are placed in front of others. By means of this 
device it is possible to obtain just the diffusion required in the draperies. 
The fact that the image remains brilliantly visible while the adjustments 
are being made eliminates all uncertainty in regard to the effect secured. 










Apparatus and Materials 


29 


The Revolving Back with which this camera is equipped will permit 
the making of either vertical or horizontal negatives without tipping the 
camera on its side. When changing the back from one position to another, 
it is not necessary to remove it from the camera. A slight pressure on the 
release allows the back to revolve from a vertical to horizontal, or any 
intermediate position. 

The Home Portrait Graflex takes the regular 5x7 Graflex Plate 
Holder, Magazine Plate Holder or Film Pack Adapter. For those who 
prefer roll film we supply the Graflex Roll Holder, which takes No. 54 
Eastman Graflex film. A tripod socket is provided that the camera may 
be used on a tripod for prolonged exposures. 

Dimensions, 9^4x9x10*4 inches. Focal capacity, 15 inches. 
Weight, 11^2 pounds. Size of lens board, 5x5 inches. Minimum 
focus of lenses accommodated, 9% inches. 


The Price 

5x7 

Home Portrait Graflex without lens, including one double plate holder . . . $130.00 

With B. & L. Tessar, Ic, /.4.5, No. 17 229.00 

With B. & L. Tessar, Ic, /.4.5, No. 18 269.50 

Graflex Magazine Plate Holder, Model A, extra.15.00 

Film Pack Adapter, leather covered, extra.7.50 

Graflex Roll Holder, leather covered, extra. 10.00 

Leather case for camera and holder, with lock and key.15.50 

Extra Graflex plate holder, each.3.50 

Extra lens board, 5x5, each. -80 















30 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Cirkut Camera 

The Cirkut Camera, while designed primarily for the making of 
panoramic pictures, will also be found available for much of the work 
ordinarily done with a view camera. In panoramic work, negatives of any 
length up to 42 inches may be made with the No. 5 Cirkut, and up to 
twelve feet with the No. 10 Cirkut, and up to eighteen feet with the No. 
16 Cirkut. For ordinary work, the Cirkut possesses this great advantage 
over the regular view camera, in that the picture may be made to conform 
to the ideas of the photographer, as he is not confined to arbitrary sizes. 
Pictures 8x11, 8x12, 8 x 14, may be made without waste of material, 
or the use of special kits or adapters. 



In construction, the Cirkut reverses the old principles of Panoramic 
Cameras. Instead of the swinging lens and stationary plate or film, the 
Cirkut employs a mechanism whereby the film unwinds past a slot, while 
the entire camera, by the same mechanism, revolves on the tripod. A 
pressure on the release starts the exposure, another stops it, thus negatives 
of any length may be made. 

Another radical difference in the Cirkut is the departure from the use 
of short focus lenses. It is, of course, necessary to get away from the short 
focus lens to eliminate distortion and to secure true definition and perspec¬ 
tive. This is made possible by the construction of the camera, which allows 
the use of a Convertible Anastigmat Lens, thus affording the use of three 
focal lengths, and meeting almost every photographic requirement. With 
the Cirkut it is also possible to focus accurately before making the exposure. 

Cirkut Cameras are made in three sizes: No. 5, No. 10 and No. 16; 
the No. 5 for film 5 inches wide; the No. 10 for film either 6, 8 or 10 











Apparatus and Materials 


31 


inches wide; the No. 16 for io to 16 inch widths. The length of the 
negative is determined entirely by the focal length of the lens and the angle 
of view desired. By using the longest focal capacity of the lens, the longest 
negative is secured and at the same time the largest image or magnification. 

The exposure is started by a pressure of the release and stopped in the 
same way. Before the exposure is made, however, the scale on the tripod 
top will show approximately how long a negative any given view will make, 
so that the operator knows just where to stop the camera to close the 
exposure. There is a device by which the film is perforated after each 
exposure. The speed of the camera is controlled by an accurately adjusted 
governor, located inside of the film box. A dial and pointer, controlling 
the governor, permit speeds from % to Vi2 of a second. 

For the Cirkut, we recommend the Convertible Anastigmat Lens, as 
for the successful operation of the Cirkut, too much care cannot be 
exercised in the selection of a lens. 

Nearly any lens of suitable focal length can be fitted to the Cirkut, but 
we recommend the purchase of the equipment complete as listed. 

When another lens is substituted the proper gear wheels and scales 
must be obtained, or failure will result. 

The lens supplied with the No. 5 Cirkut has an equivalent focus of 
inches, and works at an aperture of /.8. The front and rear elements 
work at /. 16, with foci of 14 and 11 inches respectively. The lens of the 
No. 10 Cirkut has an equivalent focus of iof/2 inches, the front lens when 
used alone 24 inches, the back lens 18 inches. The equivalent focus of the 
lens on the No. 16 is 15 inches, the front lens alone 36 inches, the back lens 
24 inches. 

The Cirkut Camera is provided with a focusing screen, allowing the 
operator to focus accurately and enabling him to see the picture on the 
ground glass actual size, not alone in width, but also in length. 

The Cirkut has a firm Rising and Falling Front adjustment. By means 
of a milled head the front may be lowered or raised and locked in position 
automatically. 

Eastman Daylight-loading Cirkut Film only is used. 

Cirkut Cameras are fully described in a special booklet which will be 
mailed free on request. 

The Cirkut Camera 

No. 5 No. 10 No. 16 

Size of Camera . . . 12x7x4 inches 9x11x12 inches 11J4 x 14J4 x 18 inches 

Focal Capacity ... 12 inches 27 inches 39 inches 

The Price 

Including Sole Leather Carrying Case for Camera and extra Case for Tripod 
No. 5 furnished with Combination Case 

No. 10 No. 16 

Cirkut Camera fitted with Turner-Reich Convertible Anastigmat 

Lens, Series II, and Shutter. $300.00 $445.00 

Cirkut Camera without Lens or Shutter ..... 230.00 370.00 

No. 5 Cirkut Camera fitted with special Convertible Lens . . $118.00 




32 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Cirkut Panoramic Outfit 



The wonderful success of the original No. io and No. 16 Cirkut Cam¬ 
eras led to the introduction of the smaller No. 6 and No. 8 Outfits, the No. 
6 taking film 6 l / 2 inches in width, and the No. 8, film 8 inches in width. 

The Cirkut Panoramic Outfit is 
in itself most complete, comprising 
a camera which may be used in the 
ordinary manner for plates when 
desired, and the Panoramic Attach¬ 
ment, which is easily and quickly 
attached to the camera. 

The camera supplied with the 
No. 6 Outfit is the 5x7 Revolving 
Back Cycle Graphic described on 
page 36, the one supplied with the 
No. 8 Outfit is the same instrument 
in 6 l / 2 x Sy 2 size. When the pan¬ 
oramic film attachment is removed, 
a revolving ground glass back is 
provided, which may be easily put 
in place, thus converting the camera 
into a revolving back plate instru¬ 
ment. The camera has double sec¬ 
tion, brass bound telescope bed, 
swing back, rack and pinion move¬ 
ments, extra bellows length, and 
conforms in every respect with the 
high Folmer & Schwing standard. 

The Panoramic Attachment is easily and quickly attached to the camera 
when it is desired for use in making panoramic pictures. The attachment 
is similar to the ordinary Cartridge Roll Holder, in that it is made to use 
Eastman daylight loading Cirkut Film. In addition, it contains the 
mechanism which, when the outfit is in operation, unwinds the film past a 
slot and in doing so exposes the film, and at the same time revolves the 
camera on an axis, a special tripod and top being furnished. A slight turn 
of the release is all that is necessary to start the motor—another turn stops 
it; thus, negatives of any desired length, up to 6 feet with the No. 6, and 8 
feet with the No. 8, may be made. Any portion of the complete circle may 
be photographed, if desired. An indicator located on top of the film holder 
shows the exact length of film exposed, and the amount remaining unex¬ 
posed may be computed. By another very ingenious arrangement the oper¬ 
ator is enabled to determine before exposure how long a photograph the 
view decided upon will make. 














Apparatus and Materials 


33 


With the Cirkut Panoramic Outfit the operator is not limited as to 
the size of the photograph to be made. The attachment is loaded with a 
roll of film 3 feet or 6 feet long, as may be desired, and a succession of 
exposures, one after the other, of whatever length the operator may 
determine, may be made by merely starting and stopping the motor until 
the roll of film has all been exposed. The additional rolls may be loaded 
in broad daylight. With the No. 6 Outfit, photographs 6 x / 2 inches wide, 
and any length up to 6 feet, may be made, and with the No. 8, 8 inches 
wide and any length up to 8 feet. 

The lens regularly supplied with the Cirkut Panoramic Outfit is the 
Graphic Rapid Rectilinear in Automatic Shutter. A double plate holder, 
and a Crown Tripod complete the outfit. 

There is nothing in the entire field of photographic apparatus which, 
for completeness, is in any way comparable with the Cirkut Panoramic 
Outfit. 

Cirkut Outfits will be sold complete only. 


Cirkut Outfit 


Width of Photograph . 

Dimensions of Camera . 

Weight of Camera . 

Dimensions of Camera with Attachment 
Weight of Camera with Attachment 
Focal Capacity . 


No. 6 
6 % inches 

8 % x 4% x 9% inches 
6 % pounds 
10 x 8 x 10% inches 
10 % pounds 
22 % inches 


No. 8 

8 inches 

10% x 4% x 10% inches 

9 pounds 

Il%x8%xl0 % inches 
14 pounds 
26 inches 


The Price 


Cirkut Panoramic Outfit, including R. B. Cycle Graphic Camera, 
Graphic R. R. Lens, No. 1 Automatic Shutter and Panoramic 
Attachment, also removable, Revolving Back and Double 
Plate Holder for Camera, Tripod and Carrying Case to 

hold complete equipment. 

Do., with B. & L. Protar VIIA, Volute Shutter 
Do., with Turner-Reich Lens, Series II 
Eastman N. C. Film Roll, 6% inches x 3 feet . 

Eastman N. C. Film Roll, 6% inches x 6 feet 

Eastman N. C. Film Roll, 6% inches x 10 feet . 

Eastman N. C. Film Roll, 8 inches x 4 feet 

Eastman N. C. Film Roll, 8 inches x 8 feet 

Eastman N. C. Film Roll, 8 inches x 12 feet 



No. 6 


No. 8 


$126.50 


$190.00 

No. 9 

212.80 

No. 12 

296.80 

No. 2 

171.30 

No. 4 

256.20 


.80 




1.60 




2.60 

1.30 

2.60 

3.90 








34 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Premo No. 9 



The Premo No. 9 is fitted with the new Premo reversible back, with 
patented spring lug construction; may be instantly removed and reversed 
without any tendency to stick or bind. 

The bellows is of black leather, and has sufficient draw to permit the 
use of the single lens combination or a telephoto attachment of several 
magnifications. The extension plate is actuated by rack and pinion and 
is provided with a simple locking device. 

The standard is constructed of metal, it is very rigid, and incorporates 
a rising and falling front of great latitude. This, in connection with the 
swing bed construction, makes it an easy matter to take pictures of tall 
buildings, and the like, without tipping the camera, with its attendant dis¬ 
tortion. The lens board is removable, and the finder is the new Premo 
collapsible brilliant. 

The instrument is of the most substantial construction, it is covered with 
selected leather of beautiful grain. The bellows is of black leather, the bed 
is finished in black, hand polished, and the metal parts are heavily nickeled. 

Premo No. 9, 5 x 7. Bellows extension, 15*4 inches. 

Size of camera, 2% x 8 Y+ x 8% inches. Weight, 76 ounces. 


The Price 

5x7 

Premo No. 9, with Planatograph Lens, Kodak Automatic Shutter, Carrying Case and 

Plate Holder.. $37.00 

Do., with B. & L. Kodak Anastigmat Lens, /.6.3 (formerly listed as Zeiss-Kodak Anastig- 

mat), Optimo Shutter ............. 85.50 

Premo Film Pack Adapter, 5x7. . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 













Apparatus and Materials 


35 


Premo No. 10 



Designed to meet the requirements of the specialist in photographic 
work, the Premo No. io is equipped with every known adjustment desirable 
in a hand camera for making pictures under all conditions. 

The bellows will accommodate the single combinations of any lens 
system, and provision is made for the use of lenses of the widest angle. A 
short supplementary bed, carried conveniently at the top of the camera 
when not in use, is substituted for the regular bed, for wide angle work. 
For this purpose, it is necessary only to unclasp the two supplementary side 
arms, which drop the bed down on a hinge, removing it from the path of 
the shortest focus lens. Then the supplementary bed is substituted for the 
regular bed, affording easy focusing facilities. 

The movable extensions are constructed entirely of metal, are actuated 
by a single pinion and attached to the wooden bed by metal angle pieces, 
making the operation impervious to changing atmospheric conditions. The 
swing back is actuated by rack and pinion, with locking device, as is also 
the rising and falling front. The standard clamp is automatic. 

All metal parts are highly nickeled, and the covering is of the best 
leather. The wood is mahogany, with hand polished black finish. The 
carrying case is of sole leather, lined with purple velvet. 

Premo No. io, 5x7. Bellow's extension, 19 inches. 

Size of camera, 4X 8 )A x inches. Weight, $ l / 2 pounds. 


The Price 

5x7 

Premo No. 10, with Planatograph Lens and Kodak Auto Shutter, Carrying Case and 

Plate Holder ... .$ 65.00 

With B. & L. Kodak Anastigmat Lens, f.6 .3 (formerly listed as Zeiss-Kodak Anastig- 

mat), and Optimo Shutter . 114.00 

With B. & L. Protar Vila Lens, f.7 (formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss Protar), and 

Optimo Shutter.146.00 

Premo Film Pack Adapter, 5x7 2.50 













36 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Revolving Back Cycle Graphic 

(Palmer & Schwing Department) 


The Revolving Back Cycle Graphic meets the requirements of the pro¬ 
fessional desiring a first-class, compact instrument for all around work. 

The extra large and rigid front is sufficient for the use of anastigmat 
lenses, and the bellows extension is ample for the use of those of long focus. 

The extension front runs out on telescopic tracks, reinforced by angle 
brass guides. Rack and pinion device for accurate focusing. 

The swing back is secured by an adjustment of the side arms running 
in a slotted plate on the platform and locked by milled-head binding screws. 
The revolving back may be instantly turned to any position. 

The rising front is provided with a self-locking device. 

The Cycle 
Graphic is construct¬ 
ed of best quality 
selected mahogany, 
lock jointed and cov¬ 
ered with handsome 
black grained leath¬ 
er. The bellows of 
finest red Russia 
leather. 

Revolving Back 
Cycle Graphic, 5x7. 
Size of camera, 8^4 x 4)4 x 9)4 inches. Weight, 6*4 pounds. Focal 
capacity, 22)4 inches. Size of Lens Board, 3)4 x 3?4 inches. 

Revolving Back Cycle Graphic, 6)4 x 8 ) 4 . Focal capacity, 26 inches. 
Weight, 9 pounds. Size of camera, 10^4x4^x10^4 inches. 
Size of Lens Board, 4^x4^ inches. Cycle Graphic, 8x10. 
(Reversible back only.) Focal capacity, 30 inches. Weight, io )4 
pounds. Size of camera, 12 x 5 x 12 inches. Size of Lens Board, 
4)4 x 4)4 inches. 

The Price 



Including one Double Plate Holder and Sole Leather Carrying Case 


Revolving Back Cycle Graphic with Graphic 

Rapid Rectilinear Lens and Automatic 5x7 

Shutter. $ 60.00 

With B. & L. Kodak Anastigmat Lens and 

Volute Shutter.No. 5 106.80 

With B. & L. Protar Lens (formerly listed as 
B. & L.-Zeiss Protar), Series VIIA, and 

Volute Shutter.No. 10 141.80 

Extra Plate Holders, each .... 1.50 

Graflex Focal Plane Shutter, extra . . 23.00 

Supplementary Bed for Wide Angle Lenses . 10.00 


6)4 x 8)4 
$ 73.00 

No. 6 126.20 


No. 13 170.20 
2.00 
26.00 
11.00 


8 x 10* 
$ 95.00 


No. 17 243.90 
2.25 
28.00 
12.00 


•Furnished with reversible back onlv. 







Apparatus and Materials 


37 


R. O. C. View Camera 


The R. O. C. View Camera meets perfectly the demand for a low priced 
view camera, as it is light, compact and built to withstand hard usage. 

The R. O. C. View Camera is built on very strong lines and provided 
with all adjustments necessary 
for general work. The front 
standard being firmly attached 
to the bed is extremely rigid 
and will accommodate the 
heaviest lenses. Focusing is 
from the back entirely, a con¬ 
venient rack and pinion attach¬ 
ment being furnished which 
moves the complete back to 
any point on the bed desired, 
where a clamping device fast¬ 
ens it firmly. The camera has 
both vertical and horizontal 
swing, rising and falling front, 
and reversible back. 

It is especially adapted for interior work, as the back can be moved 
as close to the front as desired, so that lenses of extreme wide angle 
may be readily used. 

All wood parts are of mahogany finish, the metal is lacquered brass, 
and the camera folds up compactly. 

The outfit as listed comprises camera, one plate holder and carrying 
case. The case is of the square style canvas. 



R. O. C. View Camera, 5 x 7 . Focal capacity, 14 inches. Weight, 
4 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 3 x 6$4 inches. 

R'. O. C. View Camera, x 8 ^ 2 . Focal capacity, 1554 inches. 

Weight, 6 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 4^2 x inches. 

R. O. C. View Camera, 8 x 10 . Focal capacity, 17 inches. Weight, 
6}i pounds. Size of Lens Board, 5 x 6 inches. 


The Price 


R. O. C. View Camera 
R. O. C. View Camera Outfit* 
Extra Double Plate Holders, each 
Eastman Portrait Film Holders . 
Extra Carrying Case, Regular 


5x7 

6 I/ 2 XV /2 

8 x 10 

$15.00 

$17.00 

$19.00 

30.00 

39.00 

47.00 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

1.00 

1.10 

1.25 

2.50 

2.75 

3.00 


*R. O. C. Complete Outfit includes: R. O. C. View Camera, Symmetrical Lens and D. V. 
Auto Shutter, six Plate Holders, Combination Tripod, Focusing Cloth, and Carrying Case 
holding complete outfit. 

























38 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman View Camera No. 1 

Improved Model of Empire State 
and Century View Camera 



Anyone who is in the market for a substantial, reliable view camera at 
low cost, will find the Eastman View Camera No. i of very exceptional 
value for the money. 

The camera has no complications, it is built for practical service, and 
its various adjustments are such as to work conveniently and easily. 

It has double extension, giving the camera a very long draw of bellows. 
Both front and back are actuated by rack and pinion, so that the camera 
may be focused from either end, and the back can be racked up as close 
to the front as desired. This provides for the use of lenses of the widest 
angle, without the chance of the front extension cutting off the rays to the 
lens. 

The camera is provided with rising and falling front of great latitude, 
which is actuated by rack and pinion. The front board is removable and 
is large enough to accommodate any lens. 

Both horizontal and vertical swings are provided, and the back is 
reversible and furnished with a vertical cut-off board, so that two negatives 
may be made on one plate, if desired. 

The bellows is kept up in place at all times, without sagging, by a 
spring arrangement attached to the inside bellows frame. This requires no 
attention by the operator as it works automatically and folds with the 
bellows when the camera is closed. 

A strap handle and plumb level are supplied, and the camera folds up 
compactly when not in use. The carrying case is of canvas and is made to 
accommodate camera, six plate holders and a tripod. 




Apparatus and Materials 


39 


Particular attention is called to the Eastman View No. i Complete 
Outfits. 

Bellows Draw, 5x7, 22*4 inches; x 8^2, 26 inches; 8x10, 29 
inches. Weight, 5 x 7, 6 pounds; 6)4 x 8 ) 4 , 8 pounds; 8 x 10, 9*4 
pounds. Size of Lens Board, 5x7, 4 *4 x 4)4 inches; 6)4 x 8 ) 4 , 
4^4 x 4^4 inches; 8 x 10, 4% x 4.^4 inches. Carrying Case, long 
style canvas, combination style, with compartments for camera* 
holders and tripod. 



The Complete Outfit 



The Price 

5 x 7 

6 p 2 x % l /2 

8 x 10 

Eastman View Camera No. 1 

(Improved Model of Empire State 



$27.00 

and Century View) with 

Case and Holder .... 

$23.00 

$25.00 

Eastman View Camera No. 1 

Complete Outfit* .... 

38.00 

+7.00 

55.00 

Complete Outfit as above, but 

with Rapid Rectigraphic instead of 

49.00 

59.00 

69.00 

Symmetrical Lens 


Extra Carrying Case . 


4.50 

4.75 

5.00 

Extra Lens Boards 


.30 

.40 

.50 


♦Eastman View No. 1 Complete Outfit includes: Eastman View No. 1 Camera, Symmetrical 
Lens, Double Valve Auto Shutter, six Plate Holders, Combination Tripod, Focusing Cloth and 
case to hold complete outfit. 


11 x 14 View Camera 

Note When an 11x1+ View Camera is desired we will supply the well known Empire 

State View Camera. This instrument is of most substantial construction; bellows draw 3? 
inches. Front and back focus. Price, with carrying case and one plate holder, $50.00. 















40 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman View Camera No. 2 

Improved Model of Empire State 
and Century View Camera 



All our experience in view camera making, all the information that we 
have been able to collect, of the needs of the view camera worker, have 
been put into the proposition of providing in this new model a view camera 
as near to perfection as human ingenuity can devise. 

The camera is constructed with the idea of providing the greatest 
possible solidity and strength throughout. The extensions are extra thick, 
the standard is very large and will furnish an absolutely rigid support for 
the heaviest lenses. Corners are dovetailed and reinforced by brass angle 
pieces, and the metal parts are all made of the best quality of brass, fully 
lacquered. 

The front board is removable and very large. The rising and falling 
front is actuated by rack and pinion, as are both the horizontal and vertical 
swings. The camera can be focused from both front and rear by rack and 
pinion, so that the back can be racked up as close to the front as desired, 
thus lenses of the widest angle can be used. 

A sliding tripod block is provided which will travel the full length of 
both extensions. By this arrangement the box of the camera can always 
be supported directly above the tripod, or the weight distributed, as the 
operator may wish. 

The back is reversible, a plumb level and strap handle are supplied and 
both horizontal and vertical cut-out boards, so that four different negatives 
can be made on one plate if desired. 























Apparatus and Materials 


41 


The bellows of this camera is made of genuine leather and a spring 
arrangement working automatically prevents it from sagging at any time. 

One of the conveniences of this camera is the fact that the large milled 
head nuts that control the various adjust¬ 
ments are all located on the right hand 
side of the camera, while the binding 
nuts are on the left. 

Another convenience is the method 
of locking extensions by a specially con¬ 
structed device which locks firmly by 
merely being pushed in and given a 
quarter turn. 

The front extension is attached to 
the camera by a piano hinge, while the 
back extension, which is detachable, in 
addition to the above mentioned device 
is further strengthened by two clamp 
catches which hold it absolutely rigid. 

The camera is made of hand pol¬ 
ished mahogany, with exception of the 
extensions, which are of cherry on account of its greater strength. The 
case is of canvas and will accommodate camera, six plate holders, tripod 
and focusing cloth. 

The Eastman View No. 2 Outfits are similar in arrangement to the 
No. 1 Outfits. (See illustration page 39.) 



Bellows Draw, 5x7, 23 inches; 6 l /> x 83/2, 26^2 inches; 8 x 10, 29 
inches. Weight, 5 x 7, 7 pounds; x 8^2, 103/2 pounds; 8 x 10, 
ii 54 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 5x7, 4^ X434 inches; 63/2 x 
834, 6 x 6 inches; 8x10, 6x6 inches. Carrying Case, canvas, 
combination style with compartments for camera, holders and 
tripod. 


The Price 


Eastman View Camera No. 2 (Improved Model 
and Century View) with Case and Holder 

1 of Empire State 

5x7 

$30.00 

6)4x8 ^ 

$33.00 

8 x 10 

$35.00 

Eastman View Camera No. 2 Complete Outfit* 


45.00 

55.00 

63-OOC^f 

Complete Outfit as above, but with Rapid Rectigraphic instead of 
Symmetrical Lens. 

56.00 

67 00 

77.00 

Extra Carrying Case. 


5.00 

5.50 

6:00 

Extra Lens Boards. 


.60 

.75 

.75 

Graflex Focal Plane Shutter for Eastman View 

Camera 

18.00 

20.00 

23.00 


♦Eastman View No. 2 Complete Outfit includes: Eastman View No. 2 Camera, Symmetrical 
Lens, Double Valve Auto Shutter, six Plate Holders, Combination Tripod, Focusing Cloth and 
case to hold complete outfit. 
















42 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman View Camera No. 2 

7 x 11 



7x11 Eastman View Camera No. 2 



In offering the 7x11 Eastman View Camera No. 2, we are governed 
by the requirements of many photographers who do a great deal of view 
camera work. The proportion is especially suitable for group work and 
for architectural subjects. The camera has an especially wide front board 
with sliding arrangement which permits the centering of the lens on either 

half of the plate when it is desired 
to make two exposures on one 
plate. The swing of this model 
is of unusual latitude to obtain the 
fullest value, from its proportion, 
in architectural work. 


In every respect this new 
model is the peer of the other 
sizes of the Eastman View 
Camera No. 2. 

This camera possesses solidity 
and strength throughout; extra 
thick extensions and an extra large 
and rigid standard. The corners 
are dovetailed and reinforced by 
brass angle pieces and the metal 
parts are all made of the best 

Rear View 7x11 Eastman View Camera No. 2 . - ,, , 

quality brass, fully lacquered. 





































Apparatus and Materials 


43 


The bellows is of genuine leather, with automatic anti-sagging device. 
A special device for locking the extensions is provided; one-quarter turn 
locks the extension in place; back extension is detachable and in addition 
to clamping device is further strengthened by two clamp catches which 
hold it absolutely rigid. 

With this camera is regularly furnished carrying case and one East¬ 
man Portrait Film Holder, although plate instead of film holder will be 
furnished, if desired. 

Focal capacity, 31 inches. Dimensions when closed, 16 x 13J/2 x 8*4 
inches. Weight, 153/2 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 13^2 x 6*4 
inches. 


The Price 

Eastman View Camera No. 2, 7 x 11, with case and Portrait Film Holder . . . $40.00 

Eastman View No. 2 Outfit, including Camera, Symmetrical lens, double valve auto 
shutter, six Portrait Film Holders, Combination Tripod, Focusing Cloth and Case 
to hold complete outfit ............. 68.00 

Do., but with Rapid Rectigraphic instead of Symmetrical lens. 82 00 

Extra Carrying Case 7.00 

Extra Lens Boards 1-25 






44 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


F. & S. Commercial Camera 



The F. & S. Commercial Camera is designed to meet every require¬ 
ment of the commercial photographer, and is constructed so that lenses 
having extreme focal length, as well as those of short focus, may be utilized. 
Every adjustment is provided,—extreme rising and lowering front actuated 
by rack and pinion, double swing back adjustment with excessive swing 
operated with quick thread screw, and extra long draw of bellows with 
unique bellows support. The front of the bellows being rectangular and the 
full height of the camera, permits the fitting of a front with extreme rising 
and lowering movement, without the possibility of the bellows cutting into 
the image or the puckering of the bellows. 

The extension bed is divided into four sections which interchange. 
These bed sections are fitted with tripod plates, so that when the camera is 
used with bellows extended to its full capacity, two tripods may be utilized. 

The camera is made from selected mahogany and cherry, all wood 
finished in hard oil and metal parts in lacquered polished brass. 

Focal capacity, 8 x io, 42 inches. Dimensions when closed, 17x8% x 
13. Size of Lens Board, 7x7. Focal capacity, 11 x 14, 54 inches. 
Dimensions when closed, 22 x 10 x 17%- Size of Lens Board, 8x8. 


The Price 

8x10 11x14 

Commercial Camera, including Carrying Case and one Sterling Plate Holder $85.00 $120.00 


Extra Sterling Plate Holder, each. 2.50 6.00 

Extra Sterling Cut Film Holders, each ....... 2.50 6.00 

Extra Lens Board, each .......... 70 gj 






























Apparatus and Materials 


45 


Century Lantern Slide Camera 



The Century Lantern Slide Camera is a thoroughly effective and inex¬ 
pensive apparatus for making lantern slides. This instrument has a bellows 
capacity of 36 inches, and the front is fitted with spring finger kits from the 
capacity of the camera, 5x7, to 3^4 x 4 %- The center compartment is 
fitted with a lens board which can be removed and placed in the front of the 
camera, when the instrument is used for copying purposes. The back 
regularly furnished with this outfit includes a 3^4 x 4 lantern slide holder. 
This lantern slide back is adjustable in any position, either rising or oscillat¬ 
ing, in order that any oblique lines in the negative may be brought into 
correct position on the lantern slide. 

For those who wish to make 5x7 copies or positives, an extra back is 
supplied. This back takes 5x7 Eastman Double View Plate Holder. 
Focusing is done by means of a heavy milled head engaging the rack and 
pinion with locking device for securing the back in any required position. 
The movement of the center compartment is controlled by a milled head 
with lock nut for holding the center section securely in position. 

The camera is attractively finished, and makes a thoroughly efficient 
equipment. 

The Price 

Century Lantern Slide Camera, including one Lantern Slide Back, one 3^4x4 Double 


Lantern Slide Holder, one Interchangeable Lens Board, two Spring Finger Kits . $32.00 

5x7 Back, including one 5x7 Eastman Double View Plate Holder .... 7.00 

3^4x4 Lantern Slide Plate Holders, each.1.25 

5x7 Eastman Plate Holders, each 1.25 

6J4 inch focus R. R. Lens in shutter 13.00 

























46 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Improved Sky Scraper Camera 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

This camera is designed to photograph tall buildings and other subjects 
where great rise of front and excessive swing back are necessary. In addi¬ 
tion to its special construction for photographing subjects at close range, it 
can be used equally well for regular photographic work. 



New Model Sky Scraper Camera 


The large rising front is not attached to the bellows frame, but moves 
independently, allowing the lens to be raised till its optical axis is above 
the top of the plate. The lens board is square, and with the lens fitted 
above the center of the board, either vertical or horizontal range is possible, 
as the lens board may be reversed or inserted half way round in either 
direction. This feature is particularly valuable when making negatives of 
tall buildings from cramped positions. 





















Apparatus and Materials 


47 


The bellows is rectangular and wedge-shaped, tapering from the back 
to the large front board frame. This insures strength and prevents the 
sagging of the bellows, which is made of a specially prepared high grade 
material. Front and back focus is provided, and the back of the camera is 
reversible. 

Dimensions, 1234x1634x6 inches. Focal capacity, 20 inches. 
Weight, 10 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 6x6 inches. Distance 
from ground glass to face of lens board when camera is closed, 
3 7 /% inches. 

Carrying Case, black keratol, lined; two webbing straps. Space for 
camera and six double holders. 

The Price 


8x10 Improved Sky Scraper Camera, with one double Sterling Plate or Film Holder, 

and Carrying Case ..$54.00 





48 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


F. & S. Banquet Camera 




The F. & S. Banquet Camera is not only the best possible instrument 
for photographing large groups at banquets or other occasions where the 
negative must be made indoors, but it is also excellently adapted to general 

outdoor group and view work. The 
dimensions of the picture—12x20 
inches, or with the smaller size, 7x17 
inches—are particularly suitable for out¬ 
door groups and general architectural 
purposes. 

The construction of the camera per¬ 
mits its elevation so that when making 
indoor groups, those in remote parts of 
the room, and at the same time those 
close to the camera, will be included. 
This is accomplished by a swinging lens 
board with great rise and fall. By ad¬ 
justing the back of the camera in a verti¬ 
cal position and lowering the lens board 
so that the optical axis of the lens will 
fall through the center of the plate with 
the lens pointing downward, the rectilinear lines of the interior of the 
building will be preserved and the greatest possible number of figures 
included in the picture. 



















Apparatus and Materials 


49 


The camera is provided with both front and back rack and pinion focus¬ 
ing adjustment, and the front track of the camera is wide enough to permit 
the sliding lens board frame to 
drop between the rails. A gradu¬ 
ated sector on the swinging lens 
board frame provides means of 
adjusting the angle at which the 
lens board is to. be tipped, and 
the scale is provided for the 
raising and lowering adjustment. 

This is an exceedingly useful 
feature on a camera intended for 
interior work of this kind, as it 
is frequently necessary to place 
the camera so close to the wall 
that focusing is impossible. A 
focusing scale is adjusted to the 
camera bed which permits the 
operation of the instrument with the greatest rapidity and accuracy. 

Two size tripod screw plates are fitted to the bed, one taking a stand 
and tripod screw, and the other a larger size. 

The whole camera folds up compactly, and is provided with a handle 
so that the camera may be carried about when not contained in the carrying 
case. 

The wood work is finished in hard oil, and the metal parts are of 
polished brass. The instrument is rigidly constructed and the adjustments 
are actuated with the utmost precision. 

Focal capacity, 'j x 17, 1 6^4 inches. Dimensions when closed, 19^2 x 
5^ x 14. Weight, 8 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 5x5. 

Focal capacity, 12x20, 22 inches. Dimensions when closed, 24 x 6 x 
19. Weight, 14 pounds. Size of Lens Board, 6 1 /2 x 6 l / 2 . 


The Price 



7x 17 

12 x 20 

F. & S. Banquet Camera, including Carrying Case and one Double Plate 
Holder, or Cut Film Holder. 

$64.00 

$78.00 

Extra Double Plate Holders, each. 

10.00 

13.00 

Extra Double Cut Film Holders, each ........ 

10.00 

13.00 


.60 

.80 

B. & L. Tessar (formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss Tessar), Series lib, No. 7, 

71.50 


B. & L. (formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss), Series IV, No. 6, 10R; inches 

B. & L. Tessar (formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss Tessar), Series lib, No. 9a, 

B. & L. (formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss), Series IV, No. 7, 15^16 inches 

40.50 

166.00 

61.50 



Hi 


?1 


1 


Rear View of 12 x 20 Banquet Camera 































50 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Crown Enlarging, Reducing 
and Copying Camera 

(Fol mer & Schwing Department) 



The Crown Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera is fitted with 
all adjustments necessary for ordinary work, and is constructed of the best 
materials and in the same careful manner that characterizes all Folmer 
& Schwing products. 

The rear section of bellows is much longer than the forward section—a 
decidedly valuable feature in making enlargements. As the openings in 
the front and center compartments are of the same size, the lens board is 
interchangeable, and may be used in front when an extra extension of 
bellows is necessary for copying; or placed in the center compartment when 
making enlargements or reductions. 

This camera is fitted with rising, sliding and falling front, and is 
equipped with a full set of reversible kits, accepting plates from 3*4 x 4*4 
inches up to the capacity of the camera. 

The Crown Cameras have V-shaped guides and a device for accurate 
focusing. The ground glass is spring actuated and recedes to take a Bro¬ 
mide Paper Holder, closing automatically when the holder is withdrawn. 

Length of bed, 8x10, 5 feet; 11x14, 5^2 feet; 14x17, 6 feet; 

18x22, 6 y 2 feet. 


The Price 

Including one Combination Bromide Paper and Plate Holder and complete set of Kits 

The Crown Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 8 x 10.$ 60.00 

The Crown Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 11x14.90.00 

The Crown Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 14x17.125.00 

The Crown Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 18x22 190.00 




















Apparatus and Materials 


51 


The Folmer & Schwing Enlarging, 
Reducing and Copying 
Camera 



The Folmer & Schwing Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera 
embodies many exclusive features that are particularly valuable to photo¬ 
graphic workers. The front is not only rising and falling, but also swing¬ 
ing, sliding and oscillating, enabling the operator to produce straight lined 
lantern slides, copies or enlargements from negatives showing a marked 
degree of distortion. 

The rear section of the bellows is much longer than the front section—a 
decided advantage when making enlargements. As the openings in the 
front and center compartments are of the same size, the lens board is inter¬ 
changeable, and may be used in front when an extra long draw of bellows 
is required for copying, or adjusted in the center compartment for enlarging 
or reducing. This camera is a valuable addition to the equipment of any 
photographer, and especially to those who make architectural photographs 
with cameras having rigid or insufficient swing-back. 

The Folmer & Schwing Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 
8 x io, length of bed, 5 feet. 

The Folmer & Schwing Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 
11 x 14, length of bed, 5^2 feet. 


The Price 


Including one Combination Bromide Paper and Plate Holder and full set of Kits 

The Folmer & Schwing Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 8 x 10 . $ 86.00 

The Folmer & Schwing Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, 11x14 . . 106.00 













52 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Revolving Back Enlarging Camera 

8 x 10 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

The Revolving Back Enlarging Camera is a simple, efficient and prac¬ 
tical enlarging Camera, incorporating all the necessary adjustments for 
making enlargements easily and accurately. 



Revolving Back Enlarging Camera 


The negative carrier with which this camera is equipped is fitted with 
a revolving attachment actuated by rack and pinion, which, with the sliding 
movement and the rising and falling front, permits accurate centering of 
the enlargement on the Easel. The negative carrier is fitted with a set of 
nested spring kits, taking all standard size negatives from 8 x io down 
to 3 % x \ The spring fingers are attached to the kits with split rivets, 
and the side of the kit is beveled to prevent the spring fingers from extend¬ 
ing into the opening and showing in the enlargement. 

Focusing is done with rack and 
pinion controlled by a large wooden 
focusing knob, and a binding nut per¬ 
mits the front of the camera to be 
securely locked when the correct focus 
is secured. 

Any suitable light may be used 
with the Revolving Back Enlarging 
Camera, and when using an arc or 
other light in which the rays emanate 
from a point, condensers may be used 
if desired. The Cooper-Hewitt Elec¬ 
tric Company furnish a special M- 
shaped tube and adjustable stand for use with the Revolving Back Enlarg¬ 
ing Camera. This light is highly efficient, not only because of its high 
actinic power, but also on account of its low cost of operation. In cities 
where the rate for current is ten cents per kilowatt hour, the cost of operat- 



Negative Carrier for R. B. Enlarging Camera 


















Apparatus and Materials 


53 


ing the Cooper-Hewitt M Tube is less than four cents per hour of con¬ 
tinuous burning, and as the light can readily be turned on and off between 
enlargements, the operating cost can be reduced. The light is turned on 
and off with an ordinary turn switch. 

To set the camera in position for enlarging, an opening ioy^ x \o ]/ 2 
should be cut in the dark-room partition, and the camera attached to the 



Showing Arrangement of Camera, Easel and C.-H. Light 

partition so the back will center over the opening. The light is placed out¬ 
side the dark-room and the enlargement projected upon a movable easel 
inside the dark-room. By moving the easel back and forth enlargements 
of any desired size may be made. The opening in the partition should be 
cut so the axis of the lens will be 48 inches from the floor, as this affords a 
comfortable working height. 

Camera focal capacity, 22 inches. Size of Lens Board, 5^2 x 5^4 
inches. Size of Back Frame, 15T2 x 19 inches. 

The Price 

Revolving Back Enlarging Camera, 8 x 10 , without lens, including revolving back nega¬ 
tive carrier with 6p2 x 8p2, 5 x 7 , 4 x 5 , 3 J 4 x 4 J 4 , spring finger kits, and one sheet 

of flashed opal glass.$ 33.00 

No. 6 Kodak Anastigmat Lens, /. 6 . 3 , 10 inch equivalent focus. 46.50 

New Model Bromide Easel ............. 17.00 

Cooper-Hewitt M Tube Outfit No. 54 for direct current, complete with stand and 

auxiliary 65.50 

Cooper-Hewitt M Tube Outfit No. 64 for alternating current, complete with stand and 

auxiliary.. • 73.00 

Orders sent to Folmer & Schwing Department for Cooper-Hewitt Tubes will be filled direct 
from the Cooper-Hewitt Electric Company’s factory at Hoboken, N. J., and safe delivery guaran¬ 
teed if goods are forwarded by express. 

When ordering tubes, specify the nature of current used, whether direct (D. C.) or alternat¬ 
ing (A. C.) and pressure of electric supply in volts; if alternating current, give frequency 
of cycles. 






























54 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The F. & S. Printing and Enlarging 

Cabinet 

The F. & S. Printing and Enlarging Cabinet consists of a table to 
which is attached a swinging light box to contain a Cooper Hewitt Light. 

In front of this box are adjusted three diffusing screens operated from 
front of cabinet. 



Showing Cabinet with Enlarging Camera in Position 


The exposing shutter is operated by foot treadle. The swivel print¬ 
ing frame is used when making contact prints, and is easily removable when 
it is desired to use the cabinet for enlarging (see illustration). 

An automatically opening and closing light-tight box to contain paper 
and prints is located at operator’s right. 

The Bromide Attachment consists of a No. i Graphic Enlarging and 
Reducing Camera and a sliding Bromide Easel. 

The Outfit is for use with Cooper Hewitt tube only; when ordering 
state current used; if direct, give voltage, or if alternating, give voltage 
and frequency of cycles. 

For alternating, specify Type “C”; for direct, Type “H.” 

The Price 

F. & S. Printing Cabinet, including automatic print and paper container, clock and 

swivel printing frame ..$79.00 

Enlarging attachment extra, including No. 1 Graphic Enlarging Camera with negative 
carrier and nested kits, and Bromide Easel. 


40.00 












Apparatus and Materials 


55 


The New Artura Printer 

The new Artura Printer possesses all the advantages of previous 
models, with many added conveniences coupled with improved construc¬ 
tion and appearance. 

The special pattern copper case arc lamp uses small carbons affording 
a much steadier light than the ordinary arc with a minimum consumption 
of current. 



The top of the machine is fitted with a hinged frame containing a sheet 
of plate glass, 12^4 x 14^4 inches, for supporting the negative during 
printing, which may be raised to adjust vignettes or tissues. A ground 
glass, sliding in a groove, directly underneath, acts as a light diffuser, and 
as a support for vignette or tissue. The hinged self-locking back is so 
arranged that the rear half comes in contact with the negative first. 

The back is padded with felt, and automatically adjusted for varying 
thicknesses of negatives or paper. 

The exposing shutter is controlled by a small metal handle on the 
right side of the machine. 

The cabinet is fitted with drop leaves, 14x17 inches, on either side, and 
occupies a space of but 24 x 37 inches. The cabinet is of oak, flemish finish. 

The Price 

Artura Printer, 11x14, complete with Special Arc Lamp.$ 75.00 

Do., without lamp . .55.00 

Artura Printer, 20x24, complete with Special Arc Lamp.100.00 

Do., without lamp.80.00 


















56 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


F. & S. Professional Printer 

The F. & S. Professional Printer is a simple and thoroughly efficient 
printing machine for the use of the professional photographer, or those 
doing finishing for the amateur. The fact that the printer is operated by 
a foot treadle leaves both hands free for adjusting the paper and negative, 
a 12 inch by 17 inch folding leaf at each side of the machine affording 



Front View 



Back View 


ample space to carry the paper and negatives. The pad is so constructed 
that the paper and negative are brought into absolute contact, with either 
single or double weight paper; as soon as full pressure is exerted on the 
pad by pressing down on the foot treadle, the lights are automatically 
turned on. To insure perfect contact through the entire exposure period, 
the current is turned off before the pressure is released on the pad. 

The light box is arranged to carry nine 40 or 60 watt Tungsten Lamps 
in three rows, in addition to one ruby light to enable the operator to adjust 
paper and negatives. The No. 2 Printer will carry nine 60 or 100 watt 
Tungsten Lamps. All of the lights may be illuminated, or any row of 
three lamps controlled separately, according to the density or quality of the 
negative, an independent switch controlling each row of lights. As the 


























Apparatus and Materials 


57 


lamps, with the exception of the ruby light, remain burning only during time 
of exposure, the F. & S. Printer is exceptionally economical to operate. 

An attachment is provided whereby the lights may be turned on without 
lowering the pressure pad, making it convenient to readily adjust vignettes 
or mats for white margins. 

A sheet of crystal plate glass is flush with the top of the stand, forming 
the printing surface, which is large enough to accommodate an 8 x io 
negative in the No. i Printer and an 11 x 14 negative in the No. 2 Printer. 
The glass printing surface may be easily removed for adjusting or renew¬ 
ing the lamps. Immediately under the printing surface, grooves are pro¬ 
vided into which may be placed sheets of ground or flashed opal glass. 



Light Box 


One sheet of flashed opal glass will usually diffuse the light sufficiently for 
even illumination. Spring fingers are attached to the top of the printing 
table for the purpose of holding masks. 

The machine is substantially constructed of hard wood in weathered 
oak finish, and is so simple in design there is nothing to get out of order. 
Economy of operation, simplicity in construction, combined with the ability 
to dodge while printing by varying the illumination, make the F. & S. 
Professional Printer the most efficient printing device on the market. 

Height, No. 1, 37 inches; No. 2, 40 inches. Floor space with leaves 
folded, No. 1, 18x20 inches; No. 2, 23x26 inches. Size of 
printing surface, No. 1, 8 x 10 inches; No. 2, 11 x 14 inches. 

The Price No. 1 No .2 

8x10 11x14 

F. & S. Professional Printer without lights, including 6 feet of Conductor 

Cord and one sheet Flashed Opal Glass.$36.00 $43.00 









Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Crown Printer 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

The Crown Printer affords the greatest efficiency in a thoroughly 
substantial and practical printer for both professional and amateur use. 
The pressure pad is operated by a hand lever, controlling an automatic 
switch, which permits full pressure on the pad before the light is turned 



Front View of Crown Printer 


on; it also allows the light to be turned off before pressure on the pad is 
released, thus avoiding any blurring in the prints and assuring absolute 
contact, irrespective of size or thickness of paper or negative. 

A locking device is provided, which relieves the operator of the 
necessity of maintaining pressure on lever during the exposing period, and 
with a slight grip on the release catch, the lever is freed. A locking device 
is also provided, permitting the white light to be turned on and pressure 
pad elevated, to permit accurate adjustment of masks or vignettes. 

A sliding frame, inserted from left side of printer, carries a sheet of 
flashed opal glass, which gives perfect diffusion. Two drop shelves on 
either side of printer, each measuring 12x15 inches on the 8x10 Printer, 
and 13 x 20 inches on the 11 x 14 Printer, afford ample space for paper, 
negatives, or exposed prints. 













Apparatus and Materials 


59 


The light box in the 8 x io Crown Printer is constructed to carry 
one ruby and four white incandescent lamps, and the 11x14 Crown 
Printer takes one ruby and six white incandescent lamps. The Printers 
are designed to take the 100 watt Mazda C (gas-filled) incandescent lamps. 


Showing Light Box 



The white light is turned off except during the period of exposure, 
which makes the Printer exceptionally economical to operate. A switch 
under the front cross bar turns off all lights when Printer is not in use. 

No. 1 Crown Printer, 8 x 10; No. 2, 11 x 14; height from floor, No. 
1, 30 inches; No. 2, 30 inches; floor space occupied when shelves 
are folded, No. 1, 1534 x 17^4 inches; No. 2, 20x2254 inches. 

The Price No. 1 No. 2 

8x10 11x14 

Crown Printer without lamps, including one sheet of flashed opal glass and 

6 feet of conductor cord.$30.00 $38.00 












60 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


No. 1 Eastman Printer 

The new Eastman Printer was designed for the convenience of the 
professional photographer for making 5 x 7 or smaller prints easily and 
quickly on developing-out paper. 


\ 



Within the box is a small red lamp which remains lighted when the 
printer is in use, to enable the operator to properly place the negative and 
paper. The illumination comes from two lamps (not supplied by us but 
preferably 60 watt), which may be adjusted to any position by the milled 
head screws on the sides of the box, to permit the correct illumination. 
The printing opening is 8 x 8 inches, and the side of the box is supplied 
with removable section through which a piece of ground glass may be 
placed for diffusing the light. 

When the negative and paper are in place, the handle is pushed down 
until it locks, automatically flashing the two lamps, which remain lighted 
until the handle is released. 

The Printer is supplied with red lamp and electric cord with socket. 
It is well made throughout; the box is stained a chestnut brown and the 
metal parts are highly nickeled. 

Every studio that makes 5x7 prints will find this Printer an economy, 
whether or not it has a Printer of large capacity. 

The Price 


No. 1 Eastman Printer 


$10.00 










Apparatus and Materials 


61 


The Eastman Enlarging Outfit 

The Eastman Enlarging Outfit is a thoroughly practical instrument 
for professional use, light, yet with ample strength and rigidity wherever 
these features are essential. 

The lamp house, camera, and paper easel are all combined on an 
extension bed; the movable parts are easily adjusted, and may be firmly 
locked by means of quick acting binding screws. 

The lamp is of the Mazda Nitrogen filled type, 500 watt and can be 
attached to the ordinary lighting circuit by means of a cord and plug. The 
lamp socket and reflector are mounted on a rigid track, and can be readily 
removed from the lamp house when necessary. All lamp adjustments can 
be made from the outside of the lamp house. 



The condensers together with ground glass diffuser are installed in a 
specially designed frame, and are easily removed for cleaning. The 
negative carrier has a revolving adjustment permitting the adjustment 
of the negative to any desired position. The carrier will take any size 
negative up to 5 x 7 inches, and enlargements up to twenty inches square 
may. be made. 

The easel or paper holder is provided with a hinged back so that any 
size paper up to the capacity of the holder, is easily and correctly put in 
position. The easel also may be tilted in either direction, and as the 
camera is provided with rising and falling front, architectural distortion 
in the negative can be corrected in the enlargement. 

The Eastman Enlarging outfit is supplied without lens, but any lens 
covering a 5 x 7 negative will serve. 

The Eastman Enlarging Outfit is extremely economical of space, inex¬ 
pensive to operate, and contains a number of practical features found in 
no similar apparatus. 

The Price 

Eastman Enlarging Outfit, complete with 500 watt Mazda lamp but without lens . $100.00 

Nitrogen Mazda Lamp, 500 watt, concentrated filament.7.50 

Carrier, not including Lamp.7.50 





























62 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Century Multiplying Back 



This Back is constructed to give 
one, two, four, nine, fifteen and 
twenty-four exposures on a 5x7 
plate, and can be instantly adjusted 
to the Century and Eastman View 
Cameras in the 6 x / 2 x 8^4 or 8 x 10 
sizes. 

The Century Multiplying Back 
accommodates the regular 5x7 
view plate holder. 

In ordering, be sure to specify 
the style of camera for which the 

back is intended. When the Century Multiplying Back is ordered for any 
view camera not mentioned above, a nominal charge will be made for special 

fittmg ' The Price 


Century Multiplying Back, 6J4 x 814 or 8x10 .. . $18.00 

Including one 5x7 Eastman View Plate Holder. 


The R. O. C. Enlarging Back 



The R. O. C. Enlarging Back may be instantly 
attached to the back of a view camera, at once 
adapting it for enlarging with either artificial or 
day light. 

Made in two sizes to fit the 6^4 x 8^4 and 
8xio Empire State and Premo View Cameras. 

Adapters to fit R. O. C. Century or Eastman 
View Cameras supplied without extra charge. 

For fitting to view cameras other than above 
specified an extra charge of one dollar net will 
be made. 


R. O. C. Enlarging Back 


The Price 


$8.00 


Reflecting Cone for R. O. C. 
Enlarging Back 

For use with the R. O. C. Enlarging Back. 

The Price 

Reflecting Cone for R. O. C. Enlarging Back, 6J4 x 8J4. 

Reflecting Cone for R. O. C. Enlarging Back, 8 x 10 . ’ 

























Apparatus and Materials 


63 


The F. & S. Laboratory Stand 



The Laboratory Stand consists of a solid base with two uprights 
supporting a tilting track, which may be swung and rigidly clamped in any 
position, describing a half circle of 180 degrees. A sliding platform, 
operated by quick thread screw, runs freely in grooves, and may be clamped 
securely at any point. This platform is fitted with standard tripod screws 
in order that any standard camera may be fastened to the sliding platform. 
The movement of the sliding platform is controlled by a worm screw 
actuated by a handle at the rear of the stand. 

A Copy or Negative Holder is attached to guides running in grooves 
in side rails, which may be moved back or forth from the camera, and 
rigidly secured. This frame has the double shifting movement which 
permits the operator to select any portion of the negative. 

A set of Spring Finger Kits is furnished with the above Frame, which 
will hold any size negatives from 3F4 * 4/4 U P to the capacity of the 
camera, or a ground glass may be substituted for the kits when photograph¬ 
ing botanical or similar objects, or a Spring Finger Copy Holder may be 
substituted for the Sliding Frame when copying work is to be done. 


The Price No. 1 No. 2 

5x7 8x10 

F. & S. Laboratory Stand with Spring Finger Copy Holder, Kits and Ground 

. .$40.00 $60.00 






64 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Universal Laboratory Outfit 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

The Universal Laboratory Outfit consists of a Copying Camera with 
Combination Bromide Paper and Plate Holder, Copy or Negative Holder 




with set of Spring Finger Kits, Ground Glass and 
a Tilting Laboratory Stand. This provides an 
equipment with which Photo-Micrographic, Lantern 
Slide and Copying work may be done with a degree 
of convenience which cannot help but commend it to 
the profession. 

The camera is well made of mahogany and cher¬ 
ry, with removable lens board, reversible back and is 
fitted with improved micrometer focusing device. 

Two tripod screw plates are inserted in 
bed of camera, so that it may be attached 
securely to the sliding platform on the Lab¬ 
oratory Stand. 

The Laboratory Stand consists of a solid 
base with two uprights supporting a tilting 








Apparatus and Materials 


65 


track, which may be swung and rigidly clamped in any position, describ¬ 
ing a half circle of 180 degrees. 

A sliding platform, operated by quick thread screw, runs freely in 
grooves, and may be clamped securely at any point. This platform is 
fitted with standard tripod screws in order that any standard camera may 
be fastened to the sliding platform. 

A Copy or Negative Holder is hinged to guides running in grooves 
in side rails, which may be moved back or forth from the camera and 
rigidly secured. This frame has the swinging and double shifting move¬ 
ments. The swinging movement may be used to correct distorted negatives 
for lantern slides or enlargements. The double shifting movement permits 
the operator to select any portion of the negative. 

A set of Spring Finger Kits is furnished with the above Swinging Frame, 
which will hold any size negative from 3*4 x 4/4 U P to capacity of the 

camera, or a ground glass may 
be substituted for the kits when 
photographing botanical or sim¬ 
ilar subjects, or a Spring Finger 
Copy Holder may be substituted 
for the Sliding Frame when 
copying work is to be done. 

A Combination Bromide 
Paper and Plate Holder (a 
single book holder), fitted with 
a nested set of kits, carrying 
2 % x 4 (lantern slide size) and 
all sizes of paper or plates up 
to capacity of holder, is fur¬ 
nished. 



The Price 


Universal Laboratory Outfit, including Laboratory Stand, Copying Camera, 
One Combination Bromide Paper and Plate Holder, One Copy or 
Negative Holder, set of Spring Finger Kits, Ground Glass, Spring 
Finger Copy Holder .. 

Laboratory Stand, only. 

Copying Camera, with Combination Bromide Paper and Plate Holder, only 
Extra Combination Bromide Paper and Plate Holder with complete set of Kits 
Double Plate Holders, each. 


No. 1 
5x7 

No. 2 
8x 10 

$73.00 

$1 

40.00 

60.00 

33.00 

60.00 

4.00 

6.trCT 

1.50 

2.50 

































66 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The F. & S. Photo-Micrographic Outfit 

The F. & S. Photo-Micrographic Outfit is unusually complete and 
efficient. 

The micro-objective is attached to the front of the shutter by means of 
a special conical adapter, thus rendering the use of the microscope unneces¬ 
sary, and greatly reduces the possibility of vibration. 

These micro-objectives are regularly supplied with foci of 16, 32 and 
48 millimeters. Objectives of shorter or longer foci may be employed 




The camera supplied is the 5x7 Revolving Back Cycle Graphic (see 
page 36) and can be instantly removed from the stand for other uses. In 
addition to the micro-objective, the camera is equipped with 5x7 R. R. 
Lens in automatic shutter. 

The Stand is rigidly constructed and has three adjustments which 
render the centering and focusing of the object extremely easy. 

The Price 

F. & S. Photo-Micrographic Outfit consisting of Stand, 5 x 7 R. B. Cycle Graphic with 
Graphic R. R. Lens and Automatic Shutter, one Plate Holder, Sole Leather Carry¬ 
ing Case for camera and holders, one 48 millimeter focus Micro-objective and 


Adapter fitted to Automatic Shutter.$106.50 

Photo-Micrographic Stand.40.00 

5 x 7 R. B. Cycle Graphic Camera, with R. R. Lens and Automatic Shutter, one Plate 

Holder and Carrying Case.60.00 

Micro-objective 16 millimeter focus ........... 6.00 

Micro-objective 32 millimeter focus.5.00 

Micro-objective 48 millimeter focus. 5.00 

Metal Adapter to fit Micro-objective to Automatic Shutter.1.50 




















Apparatus and Materials 


67 


Eastman Focusing Curtain 



As shown in the illustrations this curtain does away entirely with the 
inconvenient and unsightly focusing cloth. The velvet curtain slides easily 
on the rod, and plate holders or any attachments are readily adjusted 
without inconvenience. The rod is adjustable and the curtain may be fitted 
to any portrait camera from 8 x io to 14 x 17. 

The Price 

Eastman Focusing Curtain.$5.00 

The Flexible Focusing Attachment 

(Fol mer & Schwing Department) 

The Flexible Focusing Attach¬ 
ment can be fitted to any of the 
Century ground glass carriages for 
curtain slide holders. It dispenses 
with focusing cloths and curtains, 
and is constructed in such a manner 
that the light is effectually exclud¬ 
ed, allowing the entire image to be 
accurately focused. 

The Flexible Focusing Attach¬ 
ment adds much to the appearance 
of the studio outfit. 



The Price 


No. 1 Flexible Focusing Attachment, 5x7 
No. 2 Flexible Focusing Attachment, 8 x 10 


$ 8.00 
10.00 



















68 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The F. & S. Vignetter 

This thoroughly efficient vignetter may be attached to any of the 
Century Studio Stands. 

The operator does not find it necessary to leave his position behind 


the camera to adjust the vignetter 
to any desired position. The knob 
on the right tube raises and lowers 
the vignetter, while the knob at the 
left tilts the vignetter towards, or 
away from, the lens. Two cords 
passing through the tube control 
the oscillating movement of the 
card. The entire vignetter may be 
moved back and forth, and a bind¬ 
ing screw on the rear bracket pro¬ 
vides a means for locking the tube 
in the desired position. 

The F. & S. Vignetter is sub¬ 
stantially made of steel and brass 
in gun metal finish, and fully over¬ 
comes the objections to vignetters 
heretofore on the market. 

The Price 

The F. & S. Vignetter . . $12.00 



Showing Vignetter Attached to 
Semi-Centennial Stand 


The Eastman Vignetter 

The Eastman Vignetter can be attached in an instant to any form of 
portrait or view camera by means of a screw clamp. It is especially well 

adapted for home portraiture as 
it weighs but a trifle over eight 
ounces and folds into a very 
small space. The extension arms 
are 15 inches in length, and so 
equipped as to be adjusted to any 
desired position. The vignetting 
fan measures 5^ inches in width 
by 4 inches high, and is black 
on one side and gray on the 
reverse. 



The Price 


Eastman Vignetter 


$1.50 











Apparatus and Materials 


69 


The Eastman 
Home Portrait Reflector 

An indispensable accessory in home 
portraiture. 

The reflector is made of white opaque 
Holland shade cloth, which reflects the maxi¬ 
mum amount of light; mounted and hung on 
a stand similar to the Eastman Portable 
Background Carrier. 

An adjustable rod is provided for hold¬ 
ing the reflector at any angle. 

A carrying bag is provided for storage 
when not in use. 

The Price 

Eastman Home Portrait Reflector .... $8.00 

The F. & S. Home 
Portrait Reflector 

The F. & S. Home Portrait Reflector 
consists of a sheet of white cloth 6 feet 4 
inches by 44 inches, suspended at each end 
from a jointed metal rod, and supported 
by a light metal stand that folds compactly 
when not in use. An adjustable rod at the 
bottom of the reflector permits its inclina¬ 
tion to any desired angle that the best light¬ 
ing effect may be obtained. When fully 
extended the top of the reflector comes 7 
feet from the floor. 

The Price 

F. & S. Home Portrait Reflector . . . $8.00 








70 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The F. & S. Studio Shutter 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

The F. & S. Studio Shutter is designed to work back of the lens and is 
exceedingly durable in construction and simple in operation. The exposing 
mechanism consists of two parallel curtains which open laterally from, and 

close to the center of the shutter 
aperture, affording a perfectly uni¬ 
form exposure. 

The shutter requires no setting, 
and is automatic and extremely 
silent in action. The shutter cur¬ 
tains are rapidly and silently actu¬ 
ated by means of a rubber bulb and 
tubing. The rubber bulb is suf¬ 
ficiently large to operate the shutter 
with a positive action, and the tub¬ 
ing is protected from injury by a 
closely braided outer casing. Extra 
tubing is supplied in 6 foot lengths, 
which can be quickly coupled together to any required length. 

A slight pressure on the rubber bulb causes the shutter to silently open, 
and removal of the pressure causes equally silent closure. 

When making “Time Exposures” the plug is removed from the bulb 
vent, which is then covered by the thumb or finger as pressure is applied 
to the bulb to open the shutter. When the shutter is fully open the thumb or 
finger is removed from the vent, causing the shutter to remain open. At 
the termination of the required exposure, the bulb is collapsed with the 
vent open, which is then immediately closed with the thumb or finger, and 
as pressure on the bulb is released, the shutter is closed by the suction of 
the expanding bulb. The same action may be obtained by using the wooden 
vent plug, instead of the thumb or finger, when making “Time Exposures.” 

The F. & S. Studio Shutter neatly fits the lens board aperture of the 
camera, and is provided with a removable lens board. By means of extra 
shutter lens boards any number of different lenses can be interchangeably 
used with one shutter. 

The Shutter is very substantially made, with front and lens board 
finished in polished mahogany and is supplied for Century and F. & S. 
Cameras only. 



The Price 

F. & S. Studio Shutter No. 1 for No. 2 Home Portrait 
Camera and 8x10 Commercial Camera 
F. & S. Studio Shutter No. 2 for 8x10 Studio Cameras 
F. & S. Studio Shutter No. 3 for 11x14 Studio Cameras 


Outside 

Measurements 

7x7 inches 
9x9 inches 
10 x 10 inches 


Opening 

4 inches 

5 inches 
5 inches 


$11.00 

13.00 

13.00 

















Apparatus and Materials 


71 


The Graflex Focal Plane Shutter 

For ultra rapid photography, the Graflex Shutter presents numerous 
advantages over those working in front of, between or behind the lens. 
To secure successful negatives of rapidly moving objects, such as horse and 
automobile races, railroad trains, football 
games, or base ball contests, there is no style 
of shutter that can equal the Graflex. And 
while constructed primarily for high speed 
work, it is also adapted to slow automatic 
exposures, and time exposures of any dura¬ 
tion. Its position immediately in front of the 
sensitive plate or film insures the distribution 
of light with equal intensity upon every por¬ 
tion of the sensitized surface. By simply 
turning a small key the speed can be varied 
from “time” to Viooo part of a second. 

The shutter is set by one-half turn of the 
winding key. All adjustments are made from 
the outside of the camera, dials indicating 
both the size of the curtain aperture and tension of roller spring controlling 
the speed. Any change in speed can be made at will—even when the plate 
or film is in position and the slide withdrawn. 

The curtain of the Graflex Shutter is an entirely new principle—in one 
long piece, with apertures varying from full opening to }i of an inch. This 
construction insures an absolutely uniform aperture for the admission of 
light, and not a wedge shaped opening, as is often the case with a double 
adjustable curtain. 

The Graflex Shutter is provided with the new cable release, easy to 
work and reliable. 

The Graflex Shutter is as easy to operate as an ordinary shutter, and 
can be adapted to all standard makes of folding reversible or revolving 
back plate cameras. Graflex Focal Plane Shutters are fitted to cameras 
of our make without extra charge, but when ordered for other cameras, 
the cost of fitting is added. 

Graflex Focal Plane Shutter. 

Dimensions, 4 x 5, 6 % x 6*4 x 2 inches; 5 x 7, 8# x 8}4 xz inches; 
6^x8^, 9 H x 9 H x2 H inches; 8x10, 115^x1154x2/8 

inches. Weight, 4x5, 15 ounces; 5x7, 22 ounces; 6 y 2 x 8 * 4 , 
26 ounces; 8 x 10, 32 ounces. 

The Price 

Graflex Focal Plane Shutter for Eastman View Cameras, 5x7 
Graflex Focal Plane Shutter for Eastman View Cameras, 6*4 x 8/ 2 
Graflex Focal Plane Shutter for Eastman View Cameras, 8x10 


$18.00 

20.00 

23.00 








72 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Eastman 

Portable Background Carrier 



With No. 4 Background in Position 


Attractive in appearance, light, strong and exceedingly compact, the 
Eastman Portable Background Carrier will prove immensely valuable for 
“away from the studio” sittings. The carrier entirely does away with the 
necessity for improvised grounds or makeshift devices to support them. 
When extended, the carrier is of sufficient height to support full length 
grounds, and when closed, occupies about the space of the regulation fold¬ 
ing music rack. A number of different grounds may be carried on the 
roller and any one of which may be used without detaching the others— 
just bring the ground you wish to use to the front, and seat the roller on 
the top of the carrier. Either cloud and blend grounds or scenic grounds 
may be had, as shown by the accompanying illustrations. Plain white, 
black or gray grounds will also be supplied—see price list on following 
page. The carrier weighs 3 pounds 7 ounces, and measures extended 8 
feet 6 inches, closed 27^4 inches. 

The Price 


Eastman Portable Background Carrier 


$6.00 











Apparatus and Materials 


73 


Eastman Portable Backgrounds 



No. 3 No. 5 


Design No. 4 is shown in position on carrier on preceding page. 

The Price 

Cloud or Blend Grounds, 4x5 . . . . . . . • . . . . $2.50 

Cloud or Blend Grounds, 5x6 . . . . . . . • . . . . 3.00 

6x8 or larger sizes to order, 13c per square foot. 

Scenic Grounds, 4x5 .............. 3.75 

Scenic Grounds, 5x6 .............. 5.00 

Special sizes 6 x 8 or larger to order, 19c per square foot. 

Plain White, Black or Gray Grounds, 4x5.2.25 

Plain White, Black or Gray Grounds, 5x6.2.50 

Special sizes 6 x 8 or larger to order, 8c per square foot. 




















74 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Century Head Screens 

The Century Head Screens are supplied in two models, as shown in 
the accompanying illustrations, and are the neatest and easiest to handle 
of any screen on the market. The screens can be instantly adjusted to any 
height and position. The base will be appreciated by the operator who 
has experienced the usual screen trouble, as it is wide and solid enough 
to prevent toppling, yet easily moved about. The rods are heavily nickel 
plated and are locked in position by improved quick-acting clamps. 




Century Head Screen B 



Century Head Screen A 


Century Head Screen, Model A 
Century Head Screen, Model B 


The Price 


$7.00 

7.00 







Apparatus and Materials 


75 


Century Head Rest 

The Century Head Rest is solidly and substantially constructed, and 
takes the place of the rests fitted with the unsightly clamp heretofore 
furnished. This head rest may be instantly adjusted to any height or 
position, and is of sufficient weight to prevent tipping. 

The Price 

Century Head Rest. 50 



Century Head Rest 





Century Universal Head 
and Side Screen 


Century Universal Head and Side Screen 

The photographer will find a great variety of uses for this new studio 
accessory, as its unique construction will permit a wide variety of lightings 
by slightly altering the position of the screens. The square top screen may 
be revolved, and the fact that each quarter is of a different density permits 
the production of almost any lighting effect the photographer may require. 

The Price 

Century Universal Head and Side Screen 


$10.00 












76 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Century Baby Holder 

This holder is constructed so that it 
holds the child firmly and gently in any 
desired position; the side arms being ad¬ 
justable both as to “spread” and height. 

The large base allows the holder to be 
placed in any position on a chair or table 
or on the floor without danger of tipping. 

The adjustment of the Century Baby 
Holder is extremely simple. The wheel at 
the back is turned to loosen the side arms, 
allowing them to be adjusted to the separa¬ 
tion required. The child is then placed in 
the holder and the side arms pressed 
together. A fold of the child’s clothing 
is drawn through the opening in the top 
of the back standard and the metal clip swung into position over the cloth. 
This holds the baby in an easy and natural position. The wheel at the 
back is turned, fastening the side arms and clip in position. 

The Century Baby Holder is finished in weathered oak; all metal parts 
being oxidized. 

The Price 

Century Baby Holder.. $6.00 



The Eastman Focusing Cap 

This device fits over the lens of the enlarging camera, the aperture 
containing the ruby glass being slid over the lens while focusing on the 
bromide paper, and during exposure the uncovered aperture comes opposite 
the lens. By the use of this cap the enlargement may be accurately focused 
on the sensitive paper without danger from light fog. 

The Price 

Eastman Focusing Cap No. 1, for lens barrels from V/ 2 to 2J4 inches in diameter . $ .75 

Eastman Focusing Cap No. 2, for lens barrels from 2% to 3 inches in diameter . 1.00 

Eastman Focusing Cap No. 3, for lens barrels from 3 to 3^ inches in diameter . 1.50 





Apparatus and Materials 


77 



Combination 

Tripod 

This tripod is made on the slid* 
ing and folding principle. The wood 
parts are of ash and the finish is of 
the very best. The trimmings are 
of brass with lacquer finish. The 
length, when extended, varies ac¬ 
cording to size from fifty-six to fifty- 
nine inches; when folded, from 
twenty-two to twenty-three inches. 

The Price 

Style Size of Camera Weight 

No. 2J4, 6J4 x 8J4 and smaller, 3 lbs., 2 ozs. $3.00 

No. 3, 8x10 and 10x12, 4 lbs., 2 ozs. 3.50 

No. 4, 11x14 and 14x17, 5 lbs. 4.50 

No. 5, 17x20 and 20x24, 7 lbs. 7.50 


R. O. Sliding 
Tripod 

As a rigid tripod, none will be 
found more satisfactory than the 
Sliding. The legs are made in two 
sections, producing a very firm sup¬ 
port. The top is of wood covered 
with cloth. The two smaller sizes 
are made of spruce, the larger of 
ash. They are well finished and 
the metal parts are of lacquered 
brass. 

The Price 

Style Size of Camera Weight 

No. 1, 5 x 7 and smaller, 2 lbs., $2.00 
No. 2, 5 x 8 and G]/ 2 x 8J4, 2 lbs., 8 ozs. 2.50 
No. 3, 8 x 10 and 10x12, 4 lbs., 8 ozs. 3.00 

No. 4,11 x 14 and 14x17, 7 lbs., 3 ozs. 4.00 











78 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Crown Tripod 

The Crown is a four-section telescopic folding tripod, absolutely rigid, 
quickly set up and readily adjusted for height. 

It is made of selected straight-grained cherry, soaked in an oil bath, 
then rubbed down and shellaced, rendering it 
extremely tough and practically waterproof. 

For carrying, the lower sections telescope 
into the third, and the upper section folds 
back, making it very compact. 

All binding screws on lower sections of 
this tripod are “upset” and cannot be lost. 

Taper pins in the ear pieces of the head 
fit snugly into metal-tipped sockets of the 
legs, preventing loose joints and side play. 

Expansion brackets in the upper section 
make it impossible for the legs to be detached 
from the head until brackets are folded. 

The No. i, closed, measures i 6}4 inches 
in length, and weighs, with top, 36 ounces; 
extended, 4 Vz feet high. 

The No. 2, closed, measures 1754 inches 
in length, and weighs, with top, 65 ounces; 
extended, 4^3 feet. 

The No. 3, closed, measures 20 inches in length, and weighs, with top, 
70 ounces; extended, 5*4 feet. 

The No. 4, closed, measures 20 inches in length, and weighs, with top, 
90 ounces; extended, 5^2 feet. 

The Price 

Crown Tripod, No. 1, with 4-inch top .......... $7.00 

Crown Tripod, No. 2, with 6-inch top .......... 7.50 

Crown Tripod, No. 3, with 6-inch top .9.00 

Crown Tripod, No. 4, with 6j4-inch top.. 9.50 

The Professional Tripod 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

The Professional Tripod meets the demand for an absolutely rigid and 
substantial support for n x 14 and larger cameras. 

It is a three section, otherwise following closely the construction and 
finish of the Crown Tripod. 

Length, closed, 24^2 inches. Height, 5 feet. Diameter of top, 11^2 
inches. Weight, 11 54 pounds. 

The Price 

Professional Tripod, for cameras up to and including 14x17 



. $15.00 













Apparatus and Materials 


79 


The F. & S. Collapsible Stand 



The F. & S. Collapsible Stand is light, 
rigid and compact. It weighs six pounds, 
and when folded is 3 7^2 inches high. 

The felt-covered tilting top revolves 
and may be turned to any desired point, 
or tilted to any position, and is large 
enough to afford a firm support for the 
camera. 

The center post moves through two 
aluminum castings, is adjustable for 
elevation, and may be rigidly secured with 
binding screws. 

The top may be lowered to within 33 inches from floor, or fully ex¬ 
tended to 47 inches. 

Metal parts are nickel and aluminum, and woodwork is in mahogany 
finish. 

Length, folded, 37^4 inches. Weight, 6 pounds. Size of top, x 
9^4 inches. 

The Price 


F. & S. Collapsible Stand 


$12.00 


The Century “12 Foot” Tripod 

This tripod is made exceedingly strong and rigid, and as its name 
indicates, is designed for use when extreme elevation is necessary. The 
top is the same as that of the Professional Tripod, while the legs are made 
proportionately stronger. 

The Price 


Century “12 Foot” Tripod, complete 
Legs only . 


$28.00 

24.00 













80 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


R. O. C. Tripod Truck 

A practical and almost indispensable device for those obliged to employ 
the ordinary Tripod indoors. The Tripod legs are held firmly in position 
by quick action spring catches, and when in position the combination forms 



a splendid portable camera stand. A locking device holds the Tripod 
absolutely open and effectually prevents any collapse. The truck folds 
compactly when not in use, and is perfectly solid when extended. 

The Price 

R. O. C. Tripod Truck No. 1.$1.00 

Do., No. 2. i 25 


Eastman Tripod Brace 

An exceedingly simple device for holding the tripod legs in position 
when extended. The Tripod cannot collapse when lifted to change posi¬ 



tion. The brace can be folded within Tripod by loosening two of the leg 
clamps. 


The Price 


Eastman Tripod Brace 


1.25 







Apparatus and Materials 


81 


Crown Tilting Tripod Top 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 



The Crown Tilting Tripod Top is made in two sizes, Nos. i and 2, 
and designed for use with the Crown Tripods. By the aid of this attach¬ 
ment the camera may be tilted at 
any angle upward or downward, 
and also reversed for vertical pic¬ 
tures without changing the back or 
removing it from the tripod. Its 
portability and compactness will at 
once commend it to the profession, 
especially for out-of-door use. 

The top is perfectly rigid, no 
matter what position it may occupy. 


The Pri ce 

Crown Tilting Tripod Top No. 1 . $2.50 

Crown Tilting Tripod Top No. 2 . 3.00 

Crown Tilting Tripod Top No. 4 . 3.75 

Professional Crown Tilting Tripod 

Top.7.50 


Century Camera Stand Jack 


A most convenient and useful device for elevating 
the rear part of studio stand to prevent accidental 
movement. By throwing the arm or lever to the right 
the two rear casters are removed from the floor and 
the weight transferred to base of Jack. In this posi¬ 
tion the stand remains rigid and immovable. By push¬ 
ing the lever to the left, casters are again brought into 
action, so that the stand can be quickly moved to any 
desired position. 

The Price 



Century Camera Stand Jack 


$1.25 
















82 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


New Model Easel 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

With the New Model Easel, the paper is held flat against the glass 
plate with a pressure pad. 

Any sized masks may be used up to full capacity of easel, and the masks 
are held in position by a spring finger at each corner. As the easel is square 
the masks may be reversed. 



The easel is pivoted between supporting uprights and may be swung 
into a horizontal position for the purpose of removing or replacing paper. 
The paper is placed over the opening in mask, face down, and held per¬ 
fectly flat by the divided back panel of easel. 

A locking device on the upright allows the easel to be swung into a 
vertical position, or tilted several degrees out of a plumb line, in order to 
correct distortion of vertical lines in architectural subjects. The easel may 
be locked in position, permitting duplicate enlargements to be made with¬ 
out readjustment of the swing feature. 

The easel is 20x20 inches, and will take paper 16x20 inches or 
smaller. Masks are cut 20 x 20 inches outside, with the standard open¬ 
ings, or any special size opening that may be desired. Height from floor 
to center of easel, 48 inches. 

The Price 

New Model Easel complete with sheet of 20x20 inch glass, five masks 20x20 inches out¬ 
side, with the following openings: 16x20, 14x17, 11 x 14, 10 x 12, 8 x 10 . $17.00 






























Apparatus and Materials 


83 


Century Automatic Cabinet Attachment 

The Century Automatic Cabinet Attachment consists of a wooden frame 
to which is adjusted a sliding carriage of sufficient length to accommodate 
a reversible curtain slide holder at one end and a ground glass screen at the 
other. After focusing, the carriage is moved from left to right by simply 
pushing a knob at the bottom, the focusing screen being thus replaced by 
the plate holder, the curtain slide by the same movement being automatically 
withdrawn. Reversing the movement closes the curtain slide and places the 



ground glass screen in focusing position. Pressing a spring at the top of 
the sliding carriage adjusts the attachment so that two pictures may be 
made on one plate. The attachment will be supplied to take either \]/\ x 
6*4, 4 y A x 6}4, or 5 x 7 holders for either the 8 x io or n x 14 camera. 

For the 11x14 camera, a new attachment may be fitted, taking 8x10 
plates. This attachment is reversible and permits of two exposures on the 
8 x 10 plate. The same holder may also be adapted for 6 >4 x 8}4 plates; 
if this is desired, it should be so specified when ordering. 

The Price 

8 x 1"0 to 5 x 7, including one 5x7 holder.$27.00 

11x14 to 5 x 7, including one 5x7 holder.31.00 

11x14 to 8x10, including one 8x10 holder.36.00 

F. & S. Studio Magazine Plate and 
Cut Film Holder 

This attachment consists of a magazine with two compartments; one 
for carrying the unexposed plates or cut film, and the other for holding 
those that have been exposed. 

To place an unexposed plate in position for exposure, it is simply neces¬ 
sary to draw the sliding carriage in and out. The magazine holder is con¬ 
structed to carry twelve plates or cut films, and an extremely unique device 
is fitted, whereby the negative carrier automatically locks itself after twelve 







84 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


exposures have been made. This prevents the making of double exposures, 
and notifies the operator when the twelve plates in the holder have been 
used. 



The Price 

Studio Magazine Holder, complete, fitted for 8 x 10 Studio Camera .... $36.00 

Plate Magazine Holder, only.20.00 

Extra septums, per set of twelve. 

Sliding Ground Glass Carriage for 
Double Plate Holders 

The Sliding Ground Glass Car¬ 
riage is constructed to fit 8 x io and 
ii x 14 Century Studio Cameras. 

The carriage is so constructed that 
the receding ground glass back can 
be shifted to either side, permitting 
the operator to make negatives the 
full size of the plate, or two 5 x 8 
exposures on the same plate with 
the 8 x 10 back and two 7 x 11 
exposures on the same plate with 
the 11 x 14 back. 

When Sliding Ground Glass 
Carriages are supplied for cameras 
other than those mentioned above, an extra charge is made for the special 


fitting. 

The Price 

11x14 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage with one 11x14 Sterling Plate Holder . . $28.00 
8 x 10 Ground Glass Carriage with one 8x10 Eastman View Plate Holder . . 23.00 
Adapting Frame for fitting 8x10 Sliding Ground Glass Carriage to 11x14 Century 

Studio Cameras.. 4.00 

















Apparatus and Materials 


85 


Reversible Adapter for Studio Cameras 

These Adapters consist of a spring actuated ground glass back attached 
to a frame adjustable to the back of Century Portrait Cameras. These 
adapters are regularly furnished to take the Eastman View Plate Holder. 


The Price 

11x14 Reversible Adapter for 11x1+ Ster¬ 
ling Plate Holder, including one holder . $19.00 

11x14 Reversible Adapter for 8x10 Eastman 

View Holder, including one holder . 15.00 

8x10 Reversible Adapter for 8x10 Eastman 

View Holder, including one holder . 14.00 

8x10 Reversible Adapter for 6^2 x 8 J^ East¬ 
man View Holder, including one holder . 12.50 

8x10 Reversible Adapter for 5x7 Eastman 

View Holder, including one holder . 11.00 

NOTE—When Reversible Adapters are required 
for Studio Cameras other than Century, it is necessary 
for us to have back of camera in order that the fitting 
may be properly done. For this work an additional 
charge is made. 



—i-. 


The F. & S. Lantern Slide Attachment 


For Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Cameras 



This attachment is a great convenience in making lantern slides, and is 
interchangeable with the regular back of the camera. 

The center of the attachment has 
oscillating, rising, falling and shifting 
adjustments. The center may be re¬ 
versed for copying vertical negatives, 
or so placed that the slide may be drawn 
from the left side. 

The F. & S. Lantern Slide Attach¬ 
ment can be fitted to any make of en¬ 
larging, reducing or copying cameras, 
if exact dimensions are furnished. To 
insure perfect adjustment, however, the 
back of the camera should be sent in for 
fitting. An extra charge for fitting will 
be made for other than F. & S. cameras. 


The attachment is splendidly made of the finest mahogany. 


The Price 

F & S Lantern Slide Attachment, 8x10, including one Lantern Slide Plate Holder . $14.00 

F & S Lantern Slide Attachment, 11x14, including one Lantern Slide Plate Holder . 16.00 

f’ & S Lantern Slide Attachment, 14x17, including one Lantern Slide Plate Holder . 19.00 














































86 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


F. & S. Lantern Slide Contact 
Printing Frame 

The Lantern Slide Contact Printing Frame is designed to simplify the 
making of lantern slides by contact. By its use, the negative may be shifted 
so that any part can be brought in contact with 
the lantern slide plate and held securely by the 
back panel and springs. 

These frames are constructed of straight 
grained cherry, felt lined, with lock jointed 
corners in sizes 4x5 and 5x7 inches. 

The outside dimensions of the 4x5 measure 
8}4 x 8 Y\ inches, with a depth of 1 inches. 

The 5x7 measures 10^ x 10^ inches, with 
a depth of 1 y* inches. 

The Price 


F. & S. Lantern Slide Contact Printing Frame, 4x5.$3.50 

F. & S. Lantern Slide Contact Printing Frame, 5x7.4.00 


F. & S. Aristo Lamp Jacket 

The F. & S. Aristo Lamp Jacket is a device that 
fits snugly over the lamp, allowing no light to escape 
except into the cone of the enlarging camera. 

The jacket' is constructed entirely of metal and 
may be quickly attached to the lamp, and readily 
removed whenever it is necessary to put in new 
carbons or adjust the lamp. 

The Price 

F. & S. Aristo Lamp Jacket.$10.00 

Century Background Bracket 

This bracket is well made of hard 
wood neatly finished in varnish. Has a 
groove and screw holes for adjusting 
backgrounds or screens. Fitted with 
our non-detachable rubber-tired casters, 
which cannot drop out of place. 





The Price 

Century Background Bracket complete, per pair 


. $2.75 








Apparatus and Materials 


87 


Eastman “Four-in-One” Groupers 





These new groupers are not only per¬ 
fect as groupers, but when not in use nest 
together, as shown in the illustration, thus 
taking up the minimum amount of space and 
likewise insuring the complete set being on 
hand when wanted. Made of good solid 
oak—finished in best mission style. 

The Price 

Eastman “Four-in-One” Groupers, per set . . $10.00 


Eastman Adjustable 


Lens Hood 


A neat and 
thoroughly ef¬ 
ficient light 
shield which may be instantly attached to a 
portrait lens barrel. Covered with fine qual¬ 
ity leather and fitted with nickeled spring 
clasp. 

The Price 


Eastman Adjustable Lens Hood, No. 0, for lenses 

from 2 1/2 to 3J4 inches in diameter . . $1.50 

Eastman Adjustable Lens Hood, No. 1, for lenses 

from 3J4 to 4J4 inches in diameter . . 2.00 

Eastman Adjustable Lens Hood, No. 2, for lenses 
from 4J4 to 6 inches in diameter . 


2.50 















88 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Studio Reflector 



A practical studio accessory that has found great favor with the 
profession. 

The reflector consists of two swinging screens, each 41x35 inches, 
mounted one above the other in a strong iron frame. The screens are 
black on one side and white on the other, and can be swung to any angle 
and securely locked. 

The metal frame is on casters, and stands 6 feet 7 inches high. 

The Price 


Eastman Studio Reflector 


$15.00 











Apparatus and Materials 


89 


The Kodak Film Tank 

The time and temperature method of development—developing for a 
definite time, with a given strength of developer, and at a given tempera¬ 
ture the foundation of the tank system of development has long since 
passed the experimental stage—it is a success. For the commercial pro¬ 
ducing of the best possible negatives, there is no method to compare with 
tank development. 

The tank affords better results than the old tentative, dark-room 
method, because it prevents accidents such as a light fog or scratches, and 



further, it takes care of all differences of exposure within the limit of the 
latitude of the film, producing better printing negatives than the old method 
of endeavoring to force under-exposures and restrain over-exposures. 
Differently timed exposures go into the tank at the same time and come 
out together, developed to their full value. 

The Kodak Film Tank is designed exclusively for the development of 
cartridge roll film, and as shown in the above illustration, consists of a 
transferring box, in which the film is prepared for development by being 
wound up on a reel with a light proof apron, and a solution cup in which 
the film and protecting apron are placed during the period of development. 
As shown in Fig. 2, apron, black paper and film are wound on axle D, and 
when so wound, are removed from the box and placed in the Solution Cup 
in the light of an ordinary room. Development is allowed to go on for 
ten to twenty minutes, according to the strength of developer employed, 
and the film requires no attention during that time beyond turning the top 
containing the film end for end two or three times during development, a 
tightly fitting cover for the cup being provided for this purpose. (In case 
of the Brownie Film Tank, the film roll itself is turned, no cover for the 
cup being necessary.) When development is completed the film is removed 
for fixing. 












90 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Kodak Film Tanks are made in six sizes: I he “7 inch, the “5 inch, 
the “3 y 2 inch,” the “2 *4 inch,” the “Vest Pocket Kodak," and the 
“Brownie,” the latter taking only 2 X 4 inch Brownie film and having no 
cover for Solution Cup. 

Two or three Kodak Film Tanks of different sizes should be a part 
of the equipment of every photographer who makes a practice of developing 



Fig. 2 

Box for Winding Protecting Apron and 
Film Together 


films for his customers. It will help him to furnish them with negatives of 
the best quality free from finger marks and scratches, and with the mini¬ 
mum amount of trouble. 


The Price 

Brownie Kodak Film Tank, for use with No. 1, No. 2, and No. 2 Folding Pocket Brownie 

cartridges, complete.$2.75 

Cover for same..25 

Vest Pocket Kodak Film Tank, for Vest Pocket cartridges, complete .... 2.75 

2 : i-inch Kodak Film Tank, for use with all Kodak or Brownie cartridges having a film 

width of 2$4 inches or less, complete .......... 4.00 

3 : ;-inch Kodak Film Tank, for use with all Kodak and Brownie cartridges having a film 

width of V/i inches or less, complete.5.50 

5-inch Kodak Film Tank, for use with all Kodak and Brownie cartridges having a film 

width of 5 inches or less, complete.6.50 

"-inch Kodak Film Tank, for use with No. 5 Cartridge Kodak or shorter film cartridges, 

complete. 8-00 

Duplicating Outfit, consisting of one solution cup, one transferring reel, and one apron, 

for Brownie Kodak Film Tank.1.40 

Do^ for Vest Pocket Film Tank.1.40 

Do_ for 2^4-inch Kodak Film Tank.2.00 

Do., for 3'4-inch Kodak Film Tank ........... 2.75 

Do., for 5-inch Kodak Film Tank .3.25 

Do_ for 7-inch Kodak Film Tank .+.00 

Flexible Rubber Tray, for Sy^-inch Kodak Film Tank.1.40 
























Apparatus and Materials 


91 


The Eastman Plate Tank 



The Eastman Plate Tank consists of a metal solution cup with tightly 
fitting cover, permitting the entire tank to be reversed during development, 
a rack or cage for holding the plates during development, and a simple 
loading device for loading the plates into the rack in the dark room. The 
exposed plates are loaded into the rack and placed in the tank in the dark 
room, and the tank cover fastened in place. As soon as the plates have 
been lowered into the developer, the time is noted by watch or clock, and 
the hand on dial on front of tank set to indicate time when development 
will be complete. Development is allowed to continue for a specified time 
according to strength of developer used. After development, the developer 
is washed out of the plates and fixing may then be carried on in daylight: 
tested formulas are supplied with the tank. 

The Price 


Eastman Plate Tank, 4x5 (will also take 3% x 5# and smaller plates), including Solu¬ 
tion Cup, Plate Cage, Loading Device and Adjustable Kit.$ 4.00 

Do., 5x7, without Kit.5.00 

Do., 8 x 10, includes Solution Cup. Plate Cage. Loading Device and Adjustable Kit and 

Septums, for use with 6)4 x 8)4, 5x7, 4)4 1 6)4 and 4*4 1 6)4 plates . . 12.00 

Adjustable Kit for 4x5 or 3)4 x 5)4 Tank, to take 3)4i4i plates .... .50 

Kits for 5x7 Tank, to take 3)4 x 5)4, 4)4 x 6)4 and 4#x 6)4 plates, each . .75 

Adjustable Kit for 8x10 Tank .1*00 

Eastman Plate Tank Developer Powders, for 4x5 Tank, per pkg. )4 dozen 220 

Do., for 5x7 Plate Tank. 

Do., for 8 x 10 Plate Tank. 75 

Loading Device, 4x5. 


L/U., J A / 

Do., 8 x 10 




















92 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Premo Film Pack Tank 



Inserting Films in Receiver 


The Premo Film Pack Tank is designed for developing Premo Film 
Pack films, and the ordinary cut film. 

This Tank, which is supplied by the Rochester Opti- 
cal Department, is composed of two parts—the tank 
A or solution cup, and a metal receiver or frame for the 

films. The receiver is strongly constructed of brass 
and is divided into twelve compartments (in the 5x7 
size, six), each accommodating one film. As the films 
are removed from the pack they are held between the 
thumb and finger, slightly bent from top to 
bottom and slipped one into each compartment 
in the receiver. When filled, the receiver is 
placed in the tank, which has been previously 
filled with developer, the top fastened on and 
the films left to develop for the required time. 
No further attention is necessary, except to 
reverse the tank end for end a few times during 
development. When development is completed 
the films are removed for fixing. 



Placing Receiver in 
Developing Tank 


The Price 


Premo Film Pack Tank, No. 1, for twelve 1^x2^, or 2*4x3^ Films 

Do., No. 2, for twelve 2^x43*4 x4^, 3.x 5^, 3% x 5*4 or 4x5 Films 

Do., No. 3, for six 5x7 Films. 

Premo Developing Tank Powders, for No. 1 Tank, per pkg. of V 2 dozen ! 

Do., for No. 2 Tank, per pkg. of dozen ...... 

Do., for No. 3 Tank, per pkg. of *4 dozen.* ’ 


$1.50 

4.00 

4.50 

20 

.25 

.35 













Apparatus and Materials 


93 


Core Plate Developing Racks 



For use with dry plates only and may be used in any developing box of 
suitable size. 

These racks are made of a special metal that will not corrode nor dis¬ 
integrate through the action of developing or fixing agents. 


The Price 

Plate size, 454x6424x654; length of top bar, 8 7/% inches.$ .60 

Plate size, 5x7; length of top bar, 9 $4 inches.60 

Plate size, 654 x 854; length of top bar, 10£4 inches.75 

Plate size, 8x10; length of top bar, 1224 inches.75 

Plate size, 10x12, also takes 8x10; length of top bar, 16 inches.1.40 

Plate size, 11x14, 14x17 (takes both sizes) ; length of top bar, 16 inches . . . 1.75 

For X-Ray work 16 inch top bar, for 5x7.1.40 

Do., for 6^4 x 854.1-40 


Eastman Film Developing Box 
No. 2 

Made of hard rubber and very durable. Will hold eighteen 5x7 
Core Plate Developing Racks. 


The Price 


Eastman Film Developing Box No. 2 


. $3.00 














94 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Film 
Developing Box No. 3 

The Eastman Film Developing Box is 
made of hard rubber, very neat and durable, 
and designed for use with Eastman Film 
Developing Holders. It will accommodate 
twelve 5x7 holders placed across the box or 
eight 8x10 holders lengthwise of the box. 

The Price 

Eastman Film Developing Box No. 3 $5.00 



Eastman Hard Rubber Fixing Boxes 

These boxes are made of heavy hard rubber, each size up to and 
including 8 x 10, holding one dozen plates, the 11 x 14 and 14 x 17 hold¬ 
ing one-half dozen plates. The ribs are finished 
smooth, avoiding scratches, and making the boxes 
easy to clean. A ridge at the bottom keeps the 
plates above any sediment that may collect. 

The Price 



354x414 . 


. $2.75 

654 x 854 

. $ 4.95 

4x5 


. 3.05 

8 x 10 

5.50 

454x654 . 


. 3.20 

11 x 14 

11.55 

5x7 

5x8 


. 3.70 

. 4.00 

14 x 17 

15.95 


R. O. C. Hard Rubber Fixing 
Boxes 


These boxes are provided with 
grooves on all four sides. Each size 
will take several sizes of plates. The 
No. 1 Box will hold twenty 3% * 4 / 4 , 
4 X A x 5 / 4 > or 4/4 x 6 */^, or eleven 
x 8^4 plates. The No. 2 Box will 
hold twenty-two 4x5, 5x7, or 5x8, 
or eleven 8x10 plates. 

The Price 

R. O. C. Hard Rubber Fixing Box No. 1 . $5.75 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Fixing Box No. 2 . 6.60 










Apparatus and Materials 


95 


Eastman Fibre 


Fixing Boxes 



These fixing boxes are of a special 
composition, and exceedingly durable. 

The Price 

Special Fibre Fixing Box, for 4x5, 

1% x 5J4, 3 an d L. S. Plates $3.00 
No. 1, 4x5 (12—4x5 or 12—3J4 x4J4) 2.00 


No. 2, 5x7 (12—5x7 or 12—4x5) . 3.00 

No. 3, 8 x 10.5.00 

No. 4, 8x10, with partition (for all size 

plates up to 8 x 10) . . . 5.50 


Bulls-Eye Trays 

These trays are made of a special composition, thoroughly vulcanized, 
well finished, acid chemical proof and are the best and most serviceable 
composition trays made. 



The Price 


3Xx 4 

3 x %y 2 

4x5 
4x6 
4J4 x 14 
5 x 8 

6/ 2 x %y 

8 x 10 


$ .20 
.45 
.25 
.25 
.90 


.75 

1.00 















96 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays 



Made of genuine first-quality 
hard rubber. Extra heavy, with 
reinforced corners and edges. 


The Price 


Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 4x5 . . . . • • • • $ -80 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 5x7 ........ 1.00 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 5x8 ........ 1.15 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 6 x 8^2 ........ 1.45 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 8 x 10 ........ 1.80 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 10 x 12 ........ 2.50 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 12 x 16 ........ 4.15 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 15 x 19 ........ 6.90 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 18 x 22 ........ 8.80 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 19 x 23 ........ 9.90 

Eastman Standard Hard Rubber Trays, 21 x26 ........ 12.65 


R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays 


Made of first quality hard 
rubber. A little lighter in weight 
than the Eastman Standard Trays, 
but equal in all other respects. 



The Price 

R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 4x5 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 5x7 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 5x8 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 6J4 x 8 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 8 x 10 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 10 x 12 
R. O. C. Hard Rubber Trays, 12 x 16 


$ .60 
.75 
.90 
1.10 
1.50 
2.20 
3.65 























Apparatus and Materials 


97 


Eastman Enameled Trays 

First quality, heavy white porcelain enamel. 

These trays are manufactured especially for photographic use and 
should not be confounded with inferior grades. 

The Price 

Full Size Depth 

19x 23 . 23^.$ 7 .00 

23 x 28 . 3 4.10.50 


For Plates 
18 x 22 
22x27 


Eastman Engraved Graduates 

These graduates are made of strong first quality glass. 
Markings are carefully engraved. 


The Price 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 1 dram . . . . . . $ .30 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 1 ounce ...... .30 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 2 ounces ...... .30 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 4 ounces ...... .35 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 8 ounces . ..45 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 16 ounces . . . . . . .75 

Eastman Engraved Graduate, 32 ounces ...... 1.50 



Eastman Engraved Tumbler Graduates 


Made of strong, first quality glass, 
engraved and may be relied upon for 


The markings are carefully 
accurate measurement. 


The Price 

Eastman Engraved Tumbler Graduate, 2 ounces 
Eastman Engraved Tumbler Graduate, 4 ounces 
Eastman Engraved Tumbler Graduate, 8 ounces 
Eastman Engraved Tumbler Graduate, 16 ounces 
Eastman Engraved Tumbler Graduate, 32 ounces 


$ .30 
.50 
.60 
.90 
1.50 








98 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Visible Graduate 

A strong and accurately moulded graduate; the graduations are opaque 
and thus can readily be seen under the dark room light, a distinct 
improvement. 

The Price 

Eastman Visible Graduate, 2 ounces . . . • • ■ ■ • • . $ .25 

Eastman Visible Graduate, 4 ounces -35 

Eastman Visible Graduate, 8 ounces -50 

Eastman Visible Graduate, 16 ounces -75 

Eastman Visible Graduate, 32 ounces 1-00 

R. O. C. Moulded Graduates 

Made of good quality glass, strong and reliable. 

The Price 


R. O. C. Moulded Graduate, 1 ounce . . . • ■ • • • • . $ .15 

R. O. C. Moulded Graduate, 2 ounces .......... .18 

R. O. C. Moulded Graduate, 4 ounces.. .22 

R. O. C. Moulded Graduate, 8 ounces .......... .35 

R. O. C. Moulded Graduate, 16 ounces.. .50 


R. O. C. Tumbler Graduates 

Inexpensive yet fully reliable for all ordinary purposes. 

The Price 


R. O. C. Tumbler Graduate, 2 ounces .10 

R. O. C. Tumbler Graduate, 4 ounces .......... .15 

R. O. C. Tumbler Graduate, 8 ounces .......... .20 

R. O. C. Tumbler Graduate, 16 ounces .......... .30 

R. O. C. Tumbler Graduate, 24 ounces .......... .55 

R. O. C. Tumbler Graduate, 32 ounces .......... .60 



Eastman Measuring Jug 

Made of strong, clear glass with moulded 
graduations from 4 to 32 ounces. The removable 
top, when inverted, may be used as a funnel. 

The Price 


Eastman Measuring Jug 


$ .60 






























Apparatus and Materials 


99 


Eastman Toning Bath Heater 



Heater with Tray in Place Heater with Water Compartment Removed 

With this most efficient device the toning solution can be kept at a 
more even temperature, and good tones secured with greater certainty and 
comfort than by any other means. 

The lower compartment is a shell of galvanized iron and is so arranged 
that a gas plate may be placed in the center. 

The water compartment is also of galvanized iron and fits snugly into 
the lower compartment and is made to hold the regular stock size, 16 x 20, 
steel enameled tray, the rim resting on the edge of the water compartment. 

The Price 

Eastman Toning Bath Heater (not including enameled toning tray, gas plate or 

thermometer) . ..$5.00 


The Rounds Print Washer 


The Rounds Print Washer works perfectly with a pressure of twelve 


pounds and keeps the prints in con¬ 
stant motion without matting to¬ 
gether. 

The washer is to be placed in the 
sink and attached to the faucet by 
means of a rubber hose. 

Substantially constructed of the 
best grade zinc, will not rust. 

Dimensions—Height, 9^4 inches; 
width, 23 inches; length, io l /> 
inches; capacity, 100 5x7 or 
150 4x5 or smaller prints. 


7 



The Price 

Rounds Print Washer.• , • 

Do., large size, will accommodate at least 200 3J4 * prints 


$17.00 

40.00 










100 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


R. O. C. Negative Washer 



These washers are constructed of 
extra heavy zinc, and made in two 
parts, the tank and plate rack being 
entirely independent, so that if de¬ 
sired the plates need not be handled 
after washing, but allowed to dry in 
the rack after its removal from the 
tank. In washing, the water is forced 
to the bottom of the tank, flowing out 
at the top, thus providing for quick 
and thorough washing. 

The Price 

R. O. C. Negative Washer, 4x5, for 


25 plates.$ 2.50 

Do., 5x7, for 25 plates . . . 4.00 

Do., 8 x 10, or smaller, for 30 plates 5.00 

Do., 14x17, or smaller .... 10.00 


The Century Negative Rack 


Designed especially for 
professional use, extra 
strong and well made. 

Holds fifty negatives 
any size. 

The Price 

Century Negative Rack . $1.50 
Do., with trough 1.25 




























Apparatus and Materials 


101 


R. O. C. Negative Racks 



A good, substantial and 
roomy rack, made of straight 
grain cherry thoroughly sea¬ 
soned. Provided with drip 
trough, and folds flat when 
not in use. 

The Price 

R. O. C. Negative Rack No. 3 , for 

12 negatives . . . . $ .55 

R. O. C. Negative Rack No. 4 , for 

24 negatives. 75 


Hydrometers 

For testing the strength of silver baths and for measuring the specific 
gravity or relative density of liquids. Single degree scale; packed in 
wooden case. 

The Price 


Hydrometer, including glass jar and wooden case .50 

Do., without glass jar.25 


Eastman Tested Hydrometers 

Photographers, both professional and amateur, are more 
and more realizing the necessity for accurate and correctly 
compounded formulae. 

For absolute accuracy the hydrometer has precedence 
over weights and measures in compounding, provided the 
hydrometer itself be accurate in scale. 

The Eastman Tested Hydrometer is a very superior 
article. It is graduated with extreme accuracy, and the new 
flat stem allows a ready reading of the scale even in poor 
light. 



Eastman Tested Hydrometer . 


The Price 


$ .90 














102 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Glass Stirring Rods 

These rods are made of strong, tough glass, both ends ground smooth. 


The Price 

Glass Stirring Rods, S inch ...... 

Glass Stirring Rods, 10 inch ...... 

Glass Stirring Rods, 12 inch ...... 


$ .07 
.12 
.18 


Eastman Hard Rubber Stirring Rods 

Made of pure hard rubber molded around an aluminum wire center; 
unbreakable, acid and chemical proof. Ten inches in length. 

The Price 

Eastman Hard Rubber Stirring Rods, per dozen ........ $2.25 

Eastman Hard Rubber Stirring Rods, per dozen.1.15 


Amateur Delivery Envelopes 

After a thorough investigation of the , . 

market we are now in position to supply a j 1 — - 

very attractive envelope, for the delivery of 
prints and negatives, at a low cost. 

The envelopes are of a pleasing color, 
the stock lending itself well to any printing 
you may desire to have placed upon them 
by your local printer. 

As shown by the illustration there are 
separate pockets for the negatives and prints. 

These envelopes will be supplied plain or with the following printing: 
“For best results use Eastman Film, and let us develop it promptly after 
exposure.” Same price either plain or with above printing. 

The Price 

Per 100 Per 1000 

Amateur Delivery Envelopes, No. 1, for prints up to 3% x4% . . . $ .65 $5.00 

Amateur Delivery Envelopes, No. 2, for prints up to 4 x 6 .75 6.50 

Amateur Delivery Envelopes, No. 3, for prints up to 5 x 7 1.00 9.00 











Apparatus and Materials 


103 


Thermometer Stirring Rod 


A happy combination of two work-room necessities. A solid glass 
stirring rod inch in diameter and 934 inches long, enclosing a specially 
tested accurate and reliable thermometer. One end of the rod is flattened 
for crushing purposes. Invaluable as a time saver, as the temperature 
may be determined at the time the chemicals are dissolving. 
Packed in neat wooden box. 

The Price 

Thermometer Stirring Rod.$1.00 

The Eastman Thermometer 

Indispensable in tank development. Made with curved back 
to fit inside of tank, and with hook to suspend it by. 

Figures and degree marks easily read. 

The Price 

Eastman Thermometer.$ .75 

Eastman Special Squeegee 

Its special feature is the double 
handle, giving a strong, firm grip. 

Superior quality velvet rubber. 

The Price 

Eastman’s Special Squeegee, 6 inch . $ .45 

Eastman’s Special Squeegee, 8 inch . • -50 


















104 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Mask Chart 

The Eastman Mask Chart affords 
the simplest possible means for the 
production of printing masks with 
rectangular openings of any size up 
to capacity of chart. 

The chart, of non-actinic paper, is 
accurately ruled in quarter-inch spaces 
both ways from the center, and 
marked in inches, so that all that is 
necessary is to cut with a sharp knife 
to where the lines producing the size 
desired intersect. 



The Price 


Eastman Mask Chart, 5 x 7, per dozen . . . . . . $ .10 

Eastman Mask Chart, 8x10, per dozen.15 

Eastman Mask Chart, 11x14, per dozen.30 



Film Pack Developing Hanger 

To all photo finishing departments employing the 
vertical tank system, the Film Pack Developing Hanger 
will prove indispensable. Each hanger will accommodate 
twelve Film Pack films; the film being fastened to the clips 
as shown in the illustration, and then doubled over the sus¬ 
pension rod of the tank, by means of a hinge in the center. 

After development the films in the hanger are washed 
to free them from surface developer, and then suspended 
in the fixing and final washing tanks. 

To dry, the hanger is simply opened out, and suspended 
upon hooks, each film being a sufficient distance from the 
adjoining one to avoid contact. 

The Price 

Film Pack Developing Hanger 
Extra Clips, for Hangers, per dozen 


$1.25 

.60 











































































Apparatus and Materials 


105 


Eastman Single Print Roller 



Eastman Double 

A strictly first-class roller for 
professional use. Eight inch rolls 
covered with first-quality heavy 
white rubber; both rolls hung exact¬ 
ly true, insuring perfect contact 
with the print. The solid, heavily 
nickeled handle affords a strong, 
firm grip. 

Weight, five pounds. 

Tin 

Eastman Double Print Roller, No. 1 


The heavy handle set at right 
angles to the roller affords a strong 
grip, and makes this type especially 
effective for heavy work. 

Ten inch roller, covered with 
heavy, first quality white rubber, 
extra strong nickeled frame. 
Weight, five pounds. 

The Price 

Eastman Single Print Roller . $2.50 

Print Roller No. 1 



Price 

.$2.50 


Eastman Transparent Back Swivel Printing Frame 

Designed for the quick printing of 
Velox, Artura and similar papers. In 
use it is fastened directly in front of 
the printing light, and the frame may 
be swung up out of the light for 
loading. 

The back is of heavy framed glass 
which allows the operator to see just 
what he is doing. 

The contact side of the back is 
faced with embossed transparent pads 
which hold the print firmly in contact 
with the negative. 

The Price 

Eastman Transparent Back Swivel Printing Frame, 8x8 . . . . $5.00 

Eastman Transparent Back Swivel Printing Frame, 10x10 . . . . . . 6.00 

Embossed Transparent Pads, 8 x 8, per set of 4. . . .20 

Embossed Transparent Pads, 10x10, per set of 4 . . .30 










106 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Century Folding 
Retouching Frame 

Compact, light and serviceable. 

Large enough to accommodate all size 
negatives up to n x 14. Rubber-tipped 
spring fingers for holding negatives in 
position. Pockets for pencils and etch¬ 
ing tools. Size when folded 153/2 x 
173^2 x 2)4 inches. 

The Price 

Century Folding Retouching Frame . $4.50 

R. O. C. Retouching 
Desk 

A favorite type with the professional 
as it is exceedingly simple to adjust, and 
folds compactly when not in use. Equipped 
with reflecting mirror and drawer for 
holding pencils and etching knives. 

The Price 

R. O. C. Retouching Desk ..... $4.50 




The Eastman 
Timer 

For the accurate timing of exposures on 
developing out papers. The hand traverses 
the circle of the dial in one minute. The 
large and plainly marked dial is easily read 
in subdued light. Runs thirty hours. 

The Price 

Eastman Timer ....... $2.50 







Apparatus and Materials 


107 



Eastman Lantern Slide Boxes 

The Eastman Lantern Slide Boxes 
are well made and strong. Constructed 
of birch, natural oil finish, corners dove¬ 
tailed. Fitted with spring clasp. Inside 
of cover contains numbered index, and 
each slide space is numbered. 

The Price 

Eastman Lantern Slide Box, No. 1 , for 

60 slides.$1.25 

Eastman Lantern Slide Box, No. 2, for 

120 slides. 2.00 

Eastman Lantern Slide Box, No. 3, extra 
heavy, equipped with leather handle, 
brass clasp and lock, capacity fifty slides 3.00 

Century Printing Frames 

Century Printing Frames are constructed of thoroughly seasoned hard 
wood and are lock jointed at the corners. The back is joined by a light¬ 
tight piano hinge running the entire width. 

The back springs are made of heavily 
plated tempered steel. The clips for en¬ 
gaging the ends of the back springs come 
flush with the frame, permitting the frames 
to be stacked evenly. 

Century Printing Frames in sizes larg¬ 
er than 8xio are furnished with butt 
hinges in place of the piano hinge. Frames 
up to, and including the 8 x io size are 
supplied with the two-third opening back. 

Larger sizes are hinged in the center, giv¬ 
ing the one-half opening back. 

The Price 

Century Printing Frame, 

Century Printing Frame, 

Century Printing Frame, 

Century Printing Frame, 

Century Printing Frame, 

Century Printing Frame, 

Century Printing Frame, 

Cirkut Printing Frames 

Cirkut Printing Frames are substantially made and are supplied in the following sizes: 

For Negative, 6J.4 inches x 30 inches $ 8.00 
For Negative, 6^2 inches x 48 inches 9.50 
For Negative, 8 inches x 4 feet 
For Negative, 8 inches x 6 feet 
For Negative, 10 inches x 4 feet 
For Negative, 10 inches x 6 feet 
For Negative, 16 inches x 6 feet 



4 

X 

5 . 

$ .75 

Century Printing Frame, 11x14 

. $2.75 

4 14 

X 

6J4 • 

.85 

Century Printing Frame, 14x17 

4.25 

5 

X 

7 . 

.85 

Century Printing Frame, 16x20 

6.40 

ey 2 

X 

s/ 2 . 

1.00 

Century Printing Frame, 18x22 

. 6.75 

8 

X 

10 . 

1.35 

Century Printing Frame, 7 x 17 

. 4.50 

7 

X 

11 . 

1.50 

Century Printing Frame, 12x20 

6.00 

10 

X 

12 . 

2.25 

Century Printing Frame, 20 x 24 

. 7.00 



For Negative, 16 inches x 10 feet 


10.75 
14.25 

11.75 
16.50 
30.00 
36.00 




















108 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Sterling Plate Holder 

(Folmer & Schwing Department) 

Sterling Double Plate Holders are 
absolutely light proof, strong and thor¬ 
oughly durable. They are fitted with a 
new sectional cut-off and sliding locks, that 
hold the plate securely in position. The 
full plate may be exposed excepting Vie of 
an inch at one end. A spring on either 
side of the septum insures absolute register 
of the plate. 

Sterling Holders are fitted with special 
slides, that will not warp, buckle or crack. 

They are furnished with Sky Scraper 
Cameras. 

The Price 

Sterling Plate Holder, 8 x 10 . . $2.50 

Sterling Plate Holder, 11x14 . . 6.00 

The Graphic Plate Holder 

(Fol mer & Schwing Department) 

Graphic Plate Holders are made of selected, well-seasoned cherry and 
fitted with our new spring finger cut-off, which prevents the entrance of 
light and fogging of plates when drawing or replacing slides. 

Springs on either side of the septum keep the plates in absolute register. 

Sliding locks do away with the slide and end rabbets and allow the full 
width and length of the plate to be exposed with the exception of less than 
%o of an inch at one end. 

Graphic Plate Holders are fitted with mat finish slides, of a special 
material, that will not warp, crack, buckle or collect dust. 

The Price 


Graphic Plate Holder, 5x7............ $1.50 

Graphic Plate Holder, 6x 8}4.. 2.00 

Graphic Plate Holder, 8 x 10.. 2.25 


R. O. C. Plate Holder 

This holder is of good construction equipped with light excluding cut off, 
and is for use only in the R. O. C. View Camera. It has press board slides. 

The Price 


R. O. C. Plate Holder, 5x7.$1.00 

R. O. C. Plate Holder, 6J4 x 8J4.. 1.10 

R. O. C. Plate Holder, 8 x 10 ...... ..... 1.25 

















Apparatus and Materials 


109 


Eastman View Plate Holder 
Eastman Portrait Film Holder 



Eastman View Plate Holders are made throughout of hard wood, all 
joints dovetailed and fitted with a light-excluding cut-off, which prevents 
light passing through the narrow opening when the slide is inserted or 
withdrawn. They are compact, light and easy to load. The holder is 
designed so as to allow the exposure of the full width of the plate. 

The holder is provided with a hinged flap at the base which may be 
raised as soon as the slide is partly withdrawn. 

As soon as the plate or film is in position the flap is returned to place, 
the slide locking the holder as it is inserted. 

The Eastman Portrait Film Holders are similar in construction to 
the Eastman View Plate Holder, but are for use with Eastman Portrait 
Film only. 

The Price 


Eastman View Plate Holder, 5x7 .......... $1.25 

Eastman View Plate Holder, 6J4 x 8J4 ... . 1.35 

Eastman View Plate Holder, 8 x 10 1.50 

Eastman View Plate Holder, 7 xll 1.50 

Eastman Portrait Film Holders, 5x7.1.00 

Eastman Portrait Film Holders, x 8..1.10 

Eastman Portrait Film Holders, 7x11 .1.25 

Eastman Portrait Film Holders, 8 x 10.1.25 


Universal Plate Holder 

(R. O. Department) 

This holder is made for Empire State and Premo View Cameras. 

The Universal Plate Holder is provided with a hinged flap at the base 
which may be raised as soon as the slide is partly withdrawn. The plate 
slides into the holder from this end. Replacing slide holds flap. Also 
supplied with a new light trap which permits of the slide being inserted 
corner wise without admitting light to the plate. 

Universal Plate Holders are supplied with press board slides. 

The Price 

Universal Plate Holder, 5x7 . 

Universal Plate Holder, 6J4 x 8J4 .... .J-35 

Universal Plate Holder, 8 x 10 . 

Universal Plate Holder, 11 x 14 • .. 

Universal Plate Holder, 14 x 17 . 5 ‘ 0U 
























110 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Century Universal Holder 

The Century Universal Holder with curtain slide will take all sizes 
of plates from the full capacity of the camera down. 

The Price 

Century Universal Holder, 8 x 10 . . . • • • • • • • • $ 12.00 

Century Universal Holder, 11x1+ . . . • • • • • • • • 18.00 

Century Curtain Slide Holder 

Single Holder (5x7, 4 34 x 6 ^ 4 , or 4% x 6^, size optional). 

The Price 

Curtain Slide Holders, for Cabinet Attachment, Hard Wood, Ebonized finish . . $3.50 

8 x 10 Light Weight Curtain Slide Holder.. 6.50 

Plate Holder Kits 

Made of well seasoned material that will not warp, neatly finished in 
dead black, and of correct size to nest perfectly. 

The Price 

Size outside, 4x5, Size of opening for plate, 3j4x4Lt> 3% x 4 . . . $ .20 

Size outside, 5 x 7, Size of opening for plate, 3%x4%, 4x5, +H x 6J4 • .25 

Size outside, 5 x 8, Size of opening for plate, 3%x4-%, 4x5. . . . .25 

Size outside, 6J4 x 8J4, Size of opening for plate, 3%x^%, 4x5, +Hx6^2, 5x7 .30 

Size outside, 7 x 11, Size of opening for plate, 5x7. . . . . . .40 

Size outside, 8 x 10, Size of opening for plate, 5 x 7, 6^4 x 8J4 .... .40 

Size outside.il x 14, Size of opening for plate, 6*4x814, 8 x 10, 10x12 . .50 

Size outside, 14 x 17, Size of opening for plate, 10 x 12, 11 x 14 . . . . .80 

Special Plate Holder Slides 

Made of specially selected material, will not crack or split, electrify 
or collect dust. 

The Price 

5x7 .$ .35 I 8 x 10.$ .55 

6/4 x 8J4 . . . . . . .45 | 11 x 14 . . . . . . 1.00 

Slides for Sterling Holders, 8 x 10.. . . . . $ .65 

Slides for Sterling Holders, 11x14.. 1.50 

Slides for Sterling Holders, 7x17 .I.75 

Slides for Sterling Holders, 12x20 .. 2.25 













Apparatus and Materials 


111 


Eastman Portrait Lens 

Series A /.4 

The remarkable speed /.4, makes them suitable for the most rapid 
studio work. Optically, they are corrected in the highest degree, affording 

brilliancy with softness and 
roundness. When working on 
large heads excellent depth 
and equality of definition are 
readily obtained by the simple 
adjusting diffusing back. 

Iris diaphragm; lacquered 
brass mountings. The No. 2 
will be found the most useful 
of the series for cabinets and 
general work up to 8x10. 

The Price 

Diameter Back Focus Equiv. Focus 

No. 1, 5 x 8 344 inches 844 inches 12 inches $ 60.00 

No. 2, 644 x 844 4^6 inches 11^4 inches 16 inches 80.00 

No. 3, 8 x 10 444 inches 1344 inches 19 inches 120.00 



Eastman Portrait Lens 

Series B /. 5 


Especially designed for quick 
portraiture in short length oper¬ 
ating rooms, and will produce 
brilliant and well defined nega¬ 
tives. 

The Series B consists of two 
systems mounted in a beautifully 
finished barrel; iris diaphragms, 
and diffusing adjustment. 

For cabinet work the lens 
may be used at full aperture, 
and when stopped down provides 
a most superior lens for group 
work. 



No. 1, 5 x 8 

No. 2, 6J4 x 844 
No. 3, 8 x 10 


The Price 


Diameter 
2 inches 
2J4 inches 
344 inches 


Back Focus 
644 inches 
844 inches 
1144 inches 


Equiv. Focus 
9 inches 
1144 inches 
15 inches 


$32.00 

42.00 

57.00 













112 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Eastman Portrait Lens, J.6 .3 

The Eastman Portrait Lens, f. 6 . 3, 
is an anastigmat of the highest quality. 

It is especially well adapted to home 
portraiture, its working aperture f. 6 .3 
affording ample speed, and at the same 
time sufficient depth, making it a thor¬ 
oughly satisfactory lens for outside 
work. 

This lens is the one regularly sup¬ 
plied with the Eastman Home Portrait 
Outfit. 



The Price 

Eastman Portrait Lens, f.6. 3, No. 6, 10 inch focus 


$46.50 


Bausch & Lomb Tessar 

(Formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss Tessar) 



Series IC /. 4.5 

An anastigmat of the unsymmetrical 
type. Particularly well adapted for studio 
and home portraiture. Its perfectly flat 
field makes possible the taking of groups 
and standing figures at larger apertures. 

The Price 


No. 

Size 

Lens and Barrel with 

Iris Diaphragm 

Fitted with Aluminum 
Compound Shutter 

15A 

5x7 

$ 50.00 

$ 67.00 

16 

5 x 8 

62.00 

79.00 

17 

6J4 x 8^4 

99.00 

117.50 

18 

8 x 10 

139.50 . 

167.50 

18A 

10 x 12 

180.00 






Apparatus and Materials 


113 


Bausch & Lomb Extreme Wide 

Angle Lens 

(Formerly listed as B. & L.-Zeiss) 

Series V /. 18 

Recommended for architectural and interior work. The angle of view 
of the image circle is about i io c up to size 7A. In the larger sizes the 
angle is approximately 90 , of which 75 and 40° respectively are used. 


No. 

Size of Plate Covered 
with stop /. 18 * 

The 

Equivalent 

Focus 

Price 

Diameter of 
Largest Lens 

Lens 

Only 

Fitted with 
Aluminum 
Volute Shutter 

1 

434 x 634 inches 

3% inches 

%6 inches 

$ 20.00 

$ 37.00 

7 

5 x 7 

inches 

4%e inches 

% inches 

20.00 

37.00 

3 

6/4 x 834 inches 

5%6 inches 

% inches 

25.00 

42.00 

4 

8 x 10 

inches 

7% 6 inches 

%6 inches 

31.00 

48.00 

5 

10 x 12 

inches 

8 % inches 

inches 

39.00 

56.00 

6 

11 x 14 

inches 

10 % inches 

Wl6 inches 

48.00 

65.00 

7 

12 x 15 

inches 

12 % inches 

1 %6 inches 

57.50 

74.50 

7a 

16 x 18 

inches 

15% inches 

1 inches 

76.00 

93.00 

8 

14 x 17 

inches 

18% inches 

1 inches 

76.00 

93.00 

9 

16 x 18 

inches 

24% inches 

1 % inches 

111.50 

130.00 

10 

20 x 25 

inches 

37%6 inches 

2 % inches 

220.00 

240.00 


♦Larger plates covered with smaller stops. Each lens is furnished in a case. Lens cap 
included. 


The Planatograph Symmetrical Lens 

•» 

The Planatograph is of the double symmetrical type, the back combina¬ 
tion when used singly affords an image twice the size of that obtained when 
the combinations are used together. The Planatograph is fully corrected, 
gives equal illumination of the field and covers the plate admirably. The 
best lens outside of the anastigmats, and is suitable for all classes of work. 
Speed /.8. 




The Price 


With B. & L. 

Size 

Diameter 

Equivalent Focus 

In Barrels 

Auto Shutter 

5 x 7 

1% inches 

8 inches 

$12.00 

$13.50 

634 X 834 

134 inches 

11 inches 

17.00 

18.50 

8 x 10 

\y A inches 

13 inches 

20.00 

21.50 








114 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Symmetrical Wide Angle Lens 


An excellent wide angle lens at a moderate price, having an angle of 
about 80 degrees. 

The Price 



Size 

Equivalent Focus 

In Cells Only 

No. 1 

4 x 5 

3]4 inches 

$ 5.00 

No. 2 

5x7 

5 inches 

7.50 

No. 3 

CO 

X 

sO 

6J4 inches 

12.00 

No. 4 . 

8 x 10 

8 inches 

15.00 


Condensing Lenses 


These lenses 

are first quality in 

every respect and will be found highly 

satisfactory for 

use in the most critical projection work. 



Tht 

? Price 


Diameter 

Focus of Lenses 

One Lens 

Pair of Lenses 

Inches 

Mounted 

Unmounted 

Mounted 

4/4 

6J4 

$ 1.25 

$ 3.60 

6 Yt 

10 

3.50 

12.00 

8 

12 

7.00 

20.00 

9 

14 

9.00 

25.00 

10 

15 

12.00 

32.00 

12 

18 

24.00 

57.00 

14 

21 

36.00 

82.00 



Eastman Duplex 
Print Square 

The Eastman Duplex Print Square 
is a device of great practical utility. 

With its aid the correct and accurate 
spacing and trimming of prints is an 
exceedingly simple 'proposition. 

The square is made of aluminum, 
and may be instantly adjusted to any 
rectangle, from three to fourteen inches. 

Each square neatly boxed. 


The Price 


Eastman Duplex Print Square 


$3.50 









Apparatus and Materials 


115 


Eastman Portrait Albums 


The Eastman Portrait Album will take 87 per cent, of the various sizes 
of prints that are now being made by professional photographers. It is a 
rich, substantial album, so cleverly constructed that it is widely flexible as to 
the size of the prints for which it provides. 

In other words, it may be used for all large 
prints, or all small prints, or for some 
large and some small. It is supplied with 
12 leaves and will hold 12 extra leaves, 
which may be easily inserted by removing 
the spacers and without increasing the size 
of the Album back. Each of these leaves, 

—which are in neutral tones of gray and 
brown—has both combinations of colors, 
with either an oval or rectangular mask. 

The No. 2 leaves have three masks in 
series and the Nos. 1 and 3, two masks to 
the page. The leaves are numbered at the 
binding for identification. 

Fully ninety per cent, of all portraits 
are now simply inserted in folders or tipped on large thin mounts. To 
detach them, uninjured from the mounts and slip them into a proper open¬ 
ing in this new album is the work of but an instant—and they are permanent¬ 
ly provided for. 



Vertical Album—Closed 



Eastman Portrait Album (Vertical) Open 


The Eastman Portrait Albums are bound in black, long grain leather, 
with the one word “Portraits” hot stamped in gold leaf on the front cover. 
They are in faultless taste without one touch of gaudiness. 




























116 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The albums are supplied either in the vertical or horizontal shapes. 
The outside size of the former is 12 x 13% inches and the latter, 
10^4 x 15 inches. In ordering be sure to specify which shape is desired. 

The Price 

Eastman Portrait Album, either vertical or horizontal, including 12 assorted leaves . $10.00 

Extra leaves for same, “H” for horizontal and “V” for vertical: , 

H-l For 6 prints, having openings 234 x 3/4 to 3 x 5. 

H-2 For 4 prints, having openings 3J4 x 5 jj 4 to 434 x 634 - 

H-3 For 2 prints, having openings 6x8 to 734 x 934- 

V-4 For 8 prints, having openings 234x 334 to 3 x 5. 

V-5 For 2 prints, having openings 334x534 to 434 x 634- 

V-6 For 2 prints, having openings 6x8 to 734 x 934- 

Extra leaves for any size openings, each .......... .40 


Brownie Safelight Lamp 



This lamp fits the standard elec¬ 
tric socket; is made of metal, neatly 
Japanned and is only a trifle larger 
than the electric bulb it holds. Has 
circular removable safelight in end and 
larger removable safelight in side. 
Takes a 15-watt Mazda lamp which 
is not included. 


The Price 

Brownie Safelight Lamp, without electric bulb 


. $ 1.00 


Eastman Studio Scale 

The New Eastman Studio Scale 
is neatly finished in nickel and black 
enamel. Has mahogany finish base, 
nine inches long, and all points are 
specially hardened. A distinctive 
feature of the scale, is the gradu¬ 
ated beam weighing from one to 
fifty grains; also supplied with 
weights 50 grains to 2 ounces. 

May be had for metric system; 
beam 1 to 50 decigrams, weights 10 
to 60 grams. 

The Price 



Eastman Studio Scale 


$3.50 









Apparatus and Materials 


117 


Wratten Safelight Lamp Nos. 1 and 2 

The Wratten Safelight Lamps are radically different in construction 
from the ordinary darkroom lamp in that none but reflected light is per¬ 
mitted to pass. This is accomplished by 
building the lamp practically twice the 
height of the ordinary lamp. 

The electric globe is placed inside the 
lamp at the top; the upper half of the 
No. i Lamp being fitted with a sheet of 
opal glass (for white light illumination) 
which can be covered with a light tight 
shutter. 

By means of a white enameled reflector 
the rays of light from the lamp above are 
brought down and evenly diffused over the 
surfaces of the glasses comprising the 
safelight which are fitted to the lower por¬ 
tion of the lamp front. 

The safelight glasses are eight by ten inches, 
affording ample illumination for the inspection of 
large plates. 

The No. 2 Lamp is the same in principle as the 
No. i, but without the upper opal glass slide. 

The Wratten Safelight Lamps are constructed 
for .use with electric light only, and include electric 
lamp attachment with 26 inch cord and plug and one 
safelight. 

When the safelight desired is not specified, we 
will fit the No. 2. (See page 118.) In cases where 
the work is varied, extra safelights of the different 
series desired, can be had for $1.00 each. 

The Price 


Wratten Safelight Lamp No. 1.$9.00 

Wratten Safelight Lamp No. 2 .•■•••••••• • 6.00 















118 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Wratten & Wainwright Safelights 

These safelights consist of one or two sheets of glass coated with a 
colored gelatine film, which transmits a perfectly safe light for handling 
the plate for which they are recommended. 

Series oo. A clear yellow in color. For use with lantern slide plates. 

Series o. A bright orange color, suitable for use with Bromide paper 
and Lantern Plates. 

Series i. An orange safelight, for use with ordinary, medium and 
extra rapid plates which are not color-sensitive. Consists of yellow and 
orange coated glass, with red paper between. 

Series 2. A safelight for extra rapid and Orthochromatic Plates 
which are sensitive to green, but not red. This safelight consists of yellow 
and violet coated glass, with deep red paper between. 

Series 3. This is the green safelight for use with the red-sensitive 
Panchromatic Plate. It gives a faint illumination, which grows quite 
strong as the eyes become accustomed to it. This safelight consists of 
yellow and green coated glass with green paper between. 

Series 4. Bright green safelight, for use with ordinary plates, for those 
who are unable to use a red light. Not safe for Orthochromatic Plates 

These safelights can be used to special advantage in the Wratten Safe- 
light Lamp. See page 117. 

The Price (Any Series) 


5x7.$ .50 I 10x12.$1.40 

8x10.1.00 I 12x15.2.00 


Special Sizes supplied at price of next larger size from which it can be cut. 

Eastman Loose Leaf Studio Register 

To those who prefer a studio register in book form, we unhesitatingly 
recommend the new Eastman Loose Leaf Register. By means of a simple 
yet positive acting device, leaves may be added to or removed from the 
register at any time. Each register is supplied with one hundred leaves 
and index. 



The rulings provide for a full record for both cash and credit transac¬ 
tions, and a complete history of all orders. 

The cover is of heavy board, covered with black pebbled cloth, leather 
back and corners, with the word “Studio Register”, embossed in gilt. 

The Price 

Eastman Loose Leaf Studio Register . . . . . . $2 50 

Extra sheets for above, in packages of 100, with index .... 19 ? 

Extra Binders.. 













Apparatus and Materials 


119 


The Eastman Studio Register System 


Desk Box 


Transfer’ Box 




This system has been devised by accountants who are thoroughly 
familiar with the business of the photographer; is entirely new and alto¬ 
gether practical for either the large or small studio. 

The system is fully explained in the instruction book, showing examples 
of pages from the Cash Book covering a month’s business, a summary of 
several months’ business, as well as a statement showing the condition of 

the business and the net income or profit for a 
given time. 

The Register System includes a quartered 
oak desk box, quartered oak transfer box, two 
full sets of alphabetical guide cards, monthly 
guide cards, appointment guide cards, and 300 
special ruled register and ledger account cards. 

The Studio Cash Book is leather bound, 
cloth covered, properly ruled and printed for 
use with the Eastman Studio System, and also 
includes booklet of information. 



The Price 

Eastman Studio Register System, complete.$5.00 

Extra Eastman Studio Transfer Box with Alphabetical Guide Cards .... 2.25 

Extra Ruled Cards, per 100.i.60 

Extra Ruled Cards, per 1000 .. 5.00 

Eastman Studio Shop Tickets (50 tickets to the pad), per 100.25 

Eastman Studio Shop Tickets (50 tickets to the pad), per 1000 . 2.00 

Eastman Studio Follow-up Cards, per 100 .......... .60 

Eastman Studio Follow-up Cards, per 1000 .......... 5.00 

Eastman Studio Cash Book (161 pages; sizes 11HX12 inches).4.00 

























120 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Kodak Dry Mounting Press 




Kodak Dry Mounting Press, 5x7 


Kodak Dry Mounting Tissue 
and the Kodak Dry Mounting 
Press form the ideal method for 
mounting prints of all sizes, as the 
prints lie perfectly flat even on thin 
mounts, and are ready for delivery 
as soon as mounted. The press is 
heated either by gas or electricity 
(in 11 x 14 size, gas only in size 
5x7) and the only extras required 
are the necessary tubing for con¬ 
necting with the gas supply and a 
small gas stove to heat the tacking 
tool. 

To use, the prints are placed 
face down, and a sheet of Kodak 
Dry Mounting Tissue is attached 
by applying a heated tacking tool to small spots on opposite ends. The 
prints are then turned face up, and prints and tissue trimmed to size. 
The press being heated to the proper temperature, the prints are placed 
face up on the bed of 
the press and the heated 
platen is brought into 
contact with the prints 
by pulling the lever for¬ 
ward. A few seconds 
pressure mounts them 
securely. 

The Kodak Dry 
Mounting Press is made 
in two sizes, 5 x 7 and 
1 1 x 14. Each of the 
presses may be used for 
work twice their width 
and of any length, by 
giving a number of im¬ 
pressions. Kodak Dry Mounting Press, n x 14 


The Price 


Kodak Dry Mounting Press, 5x7.$15.00 

Kodak Dry Mounting Press, 11x14, gas heated.50.00 

Do., with Electric Heating Attachment.57.50 











Apparatus and Materials 


121 


Improved Majestic Print Dryers 

These new Print Dryers will thoroughly dry and properly shape, single 
or double weight prints, in from fifteen to twenty minutes. 

The No. i is a one-hole dryer, but has a capacity of two rolls, one inside 
the outer. The outer or 11 inch roll is wound upon a metal core, and may 
be used for large prints, such as Gy 2 x 8 * 4 , 8 x io or 11x14. The smaller 
roll (7 inch) may be used independently of the outer roll, by simply with¬ 
drawing it from the tube. It is advisable to use this roll for small prints, as 
they are more evenly shaped in a roll of lesser circumference. 

When fully loaded, the No. 1 will accommodate about 200 average 
size prints. It is equipped with universal motor, suitable for either direct 
or alternating current, but in ordering, specify whether natural or artificial 
gas is to be used for heating the gas plate. 



The No. 5 has a capacity of five rolls, one 11 inches and four 6 inches. 
The larger roll is particularly adapted for the drying of large size prints, 
such as 6 y 2 x 8*4 and 11 x 14. 

The four smaller (6 inch) rolls, however, are preferable for the 
smaller prints. The No. 5 has a capacity of approximately 600 prints of 
average size, ranging from 2 l 4 x 3 / 4 to 5 x 7 * The No. 4 has four rolls. 
In ordering, be sure to specify whether the dryer is to be used with direct 
or alternating current and with natural or artificial gas. 

The dryers are supplied with electric motors, fans and gas heaters and 


one set of blotter rolls. m, r, ■ 

1 he rnce 

Improved Majestic Print Dryer No. 1, with two drying rolls, complete $27.50 

Improved Majestic Print Dryer No. 5, with five drying rolls, complete ... 55.00 

No. 4, similar in design to the No. 5; accommodates 4 rolls, full capacity, 160 prints 

ranging from 5 x 7 to 8 x 10.55.00 

Extra Dryer Rolls: 

No. 1, 11-inch for use in Nos. 2, 4 and 5 Dryers; also used as outer roll in No. 1 Dryer 3.00 

No. 2, 7-inch, for use in No. 1 Dryer, inner roll.2.50 

No. 3, 6-inch, for use in small openings of No. 5 Dryer.2.25 

Extra Muslin-Faced Blotters: 

For use with Dryer rolls Nos. 1 and 2 .......... 2.20 

For use with Dryer roll No. 3 ........... 1.60 















122 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Eastman Mask Cutter No. 2 

This device ends all troubles in mask cutting. It cuts true and clean—is 
quickly and easily adjusted and will cut rectangular openings in the mask 
up to io x 12 inches or square openings up to 12x12. 

With the Eastman Mask Cutter it is no task to cut an accurate mask 
from any negative or set of masks for double printing. No more wasted 
time trying to cut true masks with a knife—no excuse for using untrue 
masks with bad corners. 



The cutter can be fastened to a table or bench if desired or may be 
used without fastening as the weight of the bed is sufficient to keep it in 
place during use. No delicate adjustments to regulate or.to get out of order. 

The Price 

Eastman Mask Cutter No. 2.$10.00 

R. O. C. Trimmers 

A trimmer of unusual merit at a remarkably low price. The bed is of 
wood, marked in half-inch squares. Has accurate wooden rule; substantial 
metal standards, and a knife of fine quality. All metal parts neatly 
enameled in black. 



The Price 


R. O. C. Trimmer, No. 1, 6-inch. 

R. O. C. Trimmer, No. 2, 8-inch. 

R. O. C. Trimmer, No. 3, 10-inch. 

R. O. C. Trimmer, No. 4, 12-inch. 

Transparent Gauges for R. O. C. Trimmers, No. 1, 6-inch 

Transparent Gauges for R. O. C. Trimmers, No. 2, 8-inch 

Transparent Gauges for R. O. C. Trimmers, No. 3, 10-inch 

Transparent Gauges for R. O. C. Trimmers, No. 4, 12-inch 


$1.50 

1.75 
2.00 

2.75 
.25 
.25 
.25 
.25 















Apparatus and Materials 


123 


Eastman Trimming Board No. 2 

A radical, yet thoroughly 
practical departure from the 
ordinary trimming board. 
Place the print in position on 
the board, and press down 
with the hand that holds the 
print. Cutting board pro¬ 
vided with an accurate rule, 
and transparent trimming 
gauge. 

The Price 

Eastman Trimming Board No. 2, 12^4 inch blade / . $4.00 


Eastman Trimming Board No. 4 

The Eastman Trimming 
Board No. 4 is the same 
in principle as No. 2. 

The No. 4 (twenty inch 
blade) is designed to handle 
large work, and is equipped 
with a foot treadle enab¬ 
ling the operator to use 
both hands in manipulating 
the print or sheet of card¬ 
board. 

The trimmer is secured 
to a table or bench by 
means of hinges at the back, 
and the front is equipped 
with adjustable braces, to 
provide any desired trim¬ 
ming angle. 

Equipment also includes 
accurate rule and transpar¬ 
ent trimming gauge. 

The Price 




Eastman Trimming Board No. 4 


$8.00 











124 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Trimmer 

The new Eastman Trimmer is made entirely of metal, cannot warp, 
and is absolutely dependable. The table is marked in half inch squares 
on a black enamel surface. Has a transparent trimming gauge and station¬ 
ary brass rule. The trimmer is furnished in three sizes—io inches, 15 
inches and 20 inches wide, and is thoroughly accurate. 



The Price 


Eastman Trimmer, No. 10, 10-inch ........... J g.OO 

Eastman Trimmer, No. 15, 15-inch.9.00 

Eastman Trimmer, No. 20, 20-inch.. 12.00 


The Eastman Rotary Print Trimmer 

The Eastman Rotary Print Trimmer is constructed upon an entirely 
different principle from the ordinary straight blade trimmer. 

The blade is circular in form, revolving upon a spindle supported by 
strong track rods. 



Proper tension is maintained by means of a rawhide belt over a small 
drum attached to the blade. A comfortable hand hold makes this trimmer 
easy to operate and at a good speed as the blade is always in position. 

Ten inch square bed, fitted with transparent guide. 

The blade is self sharpening and is protected by a heavy wire guard. 

The Price 

Eastman Rotary Print Trimmer, 10-inch bed .... <tc nn 

Extra cutters, each.. * *25 









Apparatus and Materials 


125 


Eastman Revolving Print Trimmer 

For trimming prints with cut¬ 
ting forms. Fine wood handle and 
tool steel cutting wheel. Post and 
wheel can be removed and new 
ones substituted when necessary. 

The Price 


Eastman Revolving Print Trimmer $ .50 

Extra Post and Wheel.IS 



Eastman Form Holder 

The simplest and most effective 
device on the market for holding 
cutting forms. Slip print and form 
under the catch, and press down on 
opposite end of form. Hardened, 
zinc cutting board. 

The Price 

Eastman Form Holder .... $1.25 



Brass Forms 

These forms are made of hard brass, ground smooth and polished. 

The Price 


No. 00 Oval 1% x2 . 

$ .40 

E 

Oval 214 

X 

4 

. $ .55 

No. 1 Oval 2 x 2%, old 14 Cabinet 

.45 

F 

Oval 214 

X 

5146 • 

.55 

No. 2 Oval 3 x4%6. 14 Cabinet . 

.50 

G 

Oval 214 

X 

5% • 

.65 

No. 3 Oval 3%ex4*%6 Cabinet 

. 55 

H 

Oval 1*% 6 

X 

3%6 • 

.45 

No. 4 Oval 2%6 x3%6 

.50 

J 

Oval 2% 

X 

3%6 • 

.55 

No. 5 Oval 3% x 5% 

.80 

K 

Oval 3H6 

X 

6% . 

.65 

No. 6 Oval 414 x 6 

.85 

L 

Oval 1% 

X 

2*146 • 

.40 

No. 9 Circle 214 inches 

.50 

M Oval 214 

X 

314 • 

.45 

No. 10 Circle 3 inches 

.50 

N 

Oval 114 

X 

1% • 

.40 

No. 11 Circle 3% inches 

.50 

O 

Oval 414 

X 

614 

1.50 

A Oval 17/16x27/, 6 .... 

.40 

P 

Oval 5 

X 

7 

1.60 

B Oval 1% x 314 

.45 

Q 

Oval 6 

X 

8 

1.75 

C Oval 2% 6 x 5146 .... 

.55 

R 

Oval 7 

X 

9 

2.00 

D Oval 1% x 2*146 . 

.40 

S 

Oval 8 

x 10 

2.25 
















126 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Printing Masks 


Non-actinic, yet fully transparent, these masks allow the printer to see 
exactly what he is doing. Supplied plain or with trimming guide for 
trimming prints with narrow white margins. Order by number or letter. 


Outside 

Size of 

The 

Price 

Price 

No. Dimensions 

Opening 

For 


Each 

1 4x5 

IY2 x 2% 

O F. P. K., O Graphic and V. P. negatives 

$ .06 

2 4x5 

2 Vi 6 x 2 Vi 6 

1 Brownie negative ........ 

.06 

3 4x5 

2Vi6 x 3Vie 

1 F. P. K. No. 

2 Brownie, 244 x 344 Film Pack negatives 

.06 

4 4x5 

2% x 4Vi6 

1A F. P. K., 1A Graflex, 1A Speed negatives 

.06 

5 4x5 

3 Ys x 3V'8 

No. 2 Bull’s-Eye negatives ...... 

.06 

6 4x5 

2 15 Aq x 3 15 /i6 

3 F. P. K., 344 x444 Film Pack negatives 

.06 

7 4x5 

3Vie x4Vi6 

No. 3 Folding Brownie, 344 x444 dry plate negatives 

.06 

8 5x7 

3 Y& X 5% 

3A F. P. K., 

3A Graflex negatives .... 

.10 

8C 5x7 

2% x 4% 

For No. 2C Auto. Kodak Jr. and 2C Folding Auto. 
Brownie or similar size film negatives 

.10 

9 5x7 

3 ia /ie x 4 1 %e 

4 F. P. K., 4x5 dry plate negatives .... 

.10 

10 5x7 

4Ys x 6%6 

4A F. P. K., 

4A Speed negatives .... 

.10 

11 5x7 

2% x 51/8 

344 x 544 Film Pack negatives. 

.10 

12 5x7 

3V4 x 4V4 

4x5 Film Pack negatives ...... 

.10 

13 (>y 2 x %y 2 

4V4 x 644 

5x7 Film Pack negatives. 

.15 

14 6 y 2 xsy 

4% X 6% 

5x7 dry plate negatives. 

.15 

Outside 

Size of 

Price 

Outside Size of 

Price 

JN o. Dimensions 

Opening 

Each 

No. Dimensions Opening 

Each 

A 5x7 

2 x2V4 

. $ .10 

H 8x10 S^4x7J4 

$ .20 

B 5x7 

244 x \y 2 

.10 

K 11x14 4J4 x6J4 

.30 

C 5x7 

3 x 544 

.10 

L 11x14 5J4 x 7J4 

.30 

D 5x7 

35/4x5 44 

.10 

M 11 x 14 644 x 844 

.30 

E 8 x 10 

35/4 x 544 

.20 

N 11x14 6^4x854 

.30 

F 8 x 10 

G 8 x 10 

33/4 x5V4 
434 X 6V4 

.20 

.20 

MASKS FOR SV 

O 11x14 7J4 x9J4 

FIVEL FRAMES 

.30 

Outside 

Dimensions—8^16 x 8 

Outside Dimensions—10%e x 10%6 


Size of 


Price 

Size of 

Price 

Opening 


Each 

Opening 

Each 

iVs X 1% 


. $ .20 

1% x 1%. 

$ .25 

1% X ZVi 


.20 

1% X 244 . 

.25 

1V6 X 2% 


.20 

1VV x 2%. 

.25 

2Yiq X 2^16 . 


.20 

2Vie x 2Vi 6. 

.25 

2Wi6 x 3 15 /ig . 


.20 

2 1{ He x 3 15 /iq . 

.25 

3Vs x 5% 


.20 

3Yh x 5%. 

.25 

2% x 4% 


.20 

2% x 4% . 

.25 

3 Wig x 4 1 9ic • 


.20 

3 1 %gx4 1 %6. 

.25 

2% x 4Vi6 . 


.20 

2% x 4Vie . 

.25 

3Ys x 3% 


.20 

3% x 3%. 

.25 

ZY\q x 3V5.6 ■ 


.20 

2 Yig x 3Vie . 

3Vio x4Vi6 . 

.25 

3V\q x 4146 • 


.20 

.25 

4-Vs x6^6 • 


.20 

4 Ys x 6^-ie. 

.25 

2% x 5 Ys 


.20 

2% x 5Yn . 

.25 

3 Yi x 4% 


.20 

3 Y2 x 4 Y> .... 

.25 

44i x 6Y2 


.20 

444 x 6 Y> 

.25 

4% x 6% 

. 

.20 

4% x 6%. 

.25 


Eastman Masking Blanks 

This is the same material as the Eastman Printing Masks, and is 
furnished in cut sheets for making special sizes. 

The Price 

4 x 5, per dozen sheets . . $ .60 8 x 10, per dozen sheets . . . $2.00 

\ . x P er dozen sheets . . 1.00 11x14, per dozen sheets . . . 3.50 

per dozen sheets . . 1.50 
























Apparatus and Materials 


127 


Kodaloid 

. Kodaloid is a thin, transparent, flexible substance similar to film base, 
and is provided in different thicknesses to meet various requirements. 

The No. i (thin) may be used to protect the film side of a negative, 
from which a large number of prints are to be made or for printing from 
wet negatives. 

The Price 


Kodaloid, No. 1 (thin) per square foot . . . . . $ .25 

Kodaloid, No. 2 (medium) per square foot . 25 

Kodaloid, No. 3 (heavy) per square foot. .30 

Kodaloid, No. 5 (orange color) per square foot ..35 

Kodaloid, No. 6 (extra heavy) per square foot ......... .35 


The Eastman Etching Knife 

The Eastman Etching Knife is right in size, shape and temper to 
produce the best results. 

Each knife enclosed in a substantial stropping case. 


' KODAK 


The Price 


Eastman Etching Knife . 


$ 1.00 


Etching Tool Outfit 


For modeling on negatives, 
and etching on prints. The set 
consists of wooden holder and 
three blades. 

The Price 

Etching Tool Outfit .... $1.00 

Extra Blades, any style-, each . . .25 


— 


j i j 


















128 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Retouching or Magnifying Glass 



These lenses are double con¬ 
vex, of white glass, and accurately 
ground to suitable foci for easy 
handling. They afford a very 
bright image of moderate magnifi¬ 
cation, just right for fine retouch¬ 
ing. The lens is securely incased 
in a nickel rim and the handle is 
of deep ebonized wood. 


The Price 


Retouching Glass, 2 inch, each 
Retouching Glass, 2J4 inch, each 
Retouching Glass, 3 inch, each 
Retouching Glass, 3inch, each 
Retouching Glass, 4 inch, each 
Retouching Glass, 4J4 inch, each 


$ .75 
1.00 

1.25 
1.75 

2.25 
2.50 


Reducing Glasses 


Very handy in examining large work that has to be reduced to a 
smaller size. 

The Price 


Reducing Glasses, 2 inch.$1.25 

Reducing Glasses, 2J4 inch.2.00 

Reducing Glasses, 3 inch.2.50 

Reducing Glasses, 3J4 inch.3.75 

Reducing Glasses, 4 inch.5.00 


The Century Pencils 

The Century Negative Pencil 
is made especially for working on 
glass and film surfaces. Just right 
for working in backgrounds on the 
glass side of negatives, building up 
shadows, titling negatives; also for labeling solution bottles, trays, etc. 

The Century Photo Spotting Pencil. For spotting photographs, far 
more satisfactory than the old method requiring India ink or moist color. 

The Price 


Century Negative Pencil, per box of 1 dozen.$1.20 

Century Photo Spotting Pencil, per box of 1 dozen.1.20 

Century Sepia Spotting Pencil, per box of 1 dozen.1.20 

























Apparatus and Materials 


129 


Faber Retouching Pencils and Leads 

These pencils and leads are the finest that can be produced—genuine 
Siberian graphite. Graded from very soft to very hard. 


The Price 

Faber Pencils, IB, 2B, 1H to 6H. 

Faber Pencils, 3B to 6B. 

Faber Leads, IB, 2B, 1H to 6H. 

Faber Leads, 3B to 6B 

Faber Holders, including Leads. 

Faber Pencils, IB, 2B, 1H to 6H, also F. & H. B. 

Faber Pencils, 3B to 6B. 

Faber Leads, IB, 2B, 1H to 6H, also F. & H. B. 

Faber Leads, 3B to 6B . 

Faber Artist Holders, including Leads 


Each 

Per Dozen 

$ .10 

$1.10 


1.25 

.10 

1.20 

.13 

1.25 

.25 


.10 

1.10 

.13 

1.25 

.10 

1.20 

.13 

1.25 

.25 

3.00 


Eastman Film Clip 

Very handy in the Finishing Depart¬ 
ment for suspending roll films; heavily 
nickel-plated. 

The Price 

3 Yi inch, per pair.$ .25 

5 inch, per pair.30 

Kodak Junior Film Clip 

• Somewhat lighter than the Eastman Film Clip, yet practical for the 

smaller sizes of film. ^, 7 n ■ 

The Price 

Kodak Jr. Film Clip, No. 1, each.$ .12 

Kodak Jr. Film Clip, No. 2, each . ..25 



Eastman Film Flangers 


For suspending 
metal. 


roll film in deep tanks—made of non-corroding mono- 
The Price 


No. 1, 724 inches 
No. 2, 9^4 inches 

No. 3, 1124 inches 
No. 4, 1024 inches 


$ .30 


.30 

.30 

































130 


Eastman Professional Photographic 



Tin Bound Brushes 

First quality goods, and made especially to meet 
photographic requirements. 


The Price 

Tin Bound Brushes, bristle, either black or white, 1 inch . . $ .10 

Tin Bound Brushes, bristle, either black or white, 1}4 inch . . .15 

Tin Bound Brushes, bristle, either black or white, 2 inch . . .20 

Tin Bound Brushes, bristle, either black or white, 2J4 inch . . .25 

Tin Bound Brushes, Camels’ Hair, 1 inch ..... .25 

Tin Bound Brushes, Camels’ Hair, 1J4 inch ..... .40 

Tin Bound Brushes, Camels’ Hair, 2 inch ..... .50 

Tin Bound Brushes, Camels’ Hair, 2J4 inch ..... .60 


Rubber Set Brushes 


In process of manufacture the hairs or bristles of these 
brushes are seated in hard rubber and then vulcanized, 
doing away with any inconvenience arising from hairs 
coming loose. 



The Price 



Bristle, Black 



Bristle, White 


1 

inch 

$ .35 

1 

inch 

$ .50 

VA 

inch 

.45 

114 

inch 

.60 

2 

inch 

.50 

9 

inch 

.75 

2}4 

inch 

.65 

2H 

inch 

.90 

3 

inch 

.75 

3 

inch 

1.00 

VA 

inch 

1.00 

3/4 

inch 

1.25 



Came; 

’s Hair 


1 

inch 

$1.00 

2>4 

inch 

$2.75 

114 

inch 

1.50 

3 

inch 

3.50 

2 

inch 

2.20 

3/4 

inch 

5.00 



Red Sable Spotting Brushes 

The Price 

Red Sable Brushes, Nos. 1 to 6, each. 

Red Sable Brushes, Nos. 7 to 9, each .. 

Red Sable Brushes, Nos. 10 to 12, each ........ 


$ .15 
.18 
.20 



















Apparatus and Materials 


131 


Eastman Laboratory Aprons 

• ,^ ese a P rons are ^11 cut, made of extra strong fabric, and coated 
with a composition that thoroughly impregnates the fabric. 

Water proof and crack proof, and will withstand the hardest dark¬ 
room and laboratory usage. 

The Price 

Eastman Laboratory Apron No. 1, 40 inch 
Eastman Laboratory Apron No. 2, 46 inch . . . ! 

Eastman Laboratory Apron No. 3, 52 inch 

Rubber Finger Tips 

Made of pure rubber, with reinforced ends. A practi¬ 
cal protection from chemical action on the fingers. 

The Price 

Rubber Finger Tips, per set of 3.$ .15 

Rubber Gloves 

Made of pure seamless rubber, 
with pebbled surface. Do not 
destroy the sense of touch, yet 
of sufficient weight for durability. 

The Price 

Rubber Gloves, sizes 7, 7^, 8, % l / 2 

and 9, per pair .... $1.25 





Print Paddle 

i J 141 ' JUL> l-l ' Jlgg ' -" W.K. g l 


Here is as handy and practical a print room accessory as has ever 
been devised. 

The Eastman Print Paddle is made of hard rubber, and is acid and 
chemical proof, and is exactly the right shape for the proper handling 
of prints in the fixing bath. 

The Price 


Eastman Print Paddle, per half dozen.$2.00 

Eastman Print Paddle, per dozen.4.00 












132 


Eastman Professional Photographic 



Eastman Laboratory Sleeve 
Protectors 

These sleeve protectors are made of the same material as 
the Laboratory Aprons. Light, strong and extra durable. 

The Price 

Eastman Laboratory Sleeve Protectors, 14 inch, per pair . . . $ .50 


Eastman Professional Focusing 
Cloth 

A first-class durable article made of extra heavy cloth, a 
full yard and a quarter square, with bound edges. 

The Price 


Eastman Professional Focusing Cloth 


. $ .75 


Eastman H. P. Focusing Cloth 

Silk finish fabric, bound edges. 

The Price 

40x48 inches.. $1.00 


Rubber Focusing Cloth 

First quality cloth medium weight, one yard wide. 
The Price 


Rubber Cloth, per yard. .....$ .65 

Camera Bulbs and Tubing 

Made of the best quality pure rubber. 


The Price 

No. 1, for small pocket cameras, 6 inch tubing, red or black rubber . . . $ .20 

No. 2, for larger pocket cameras, 6 inch tubing, red or black rubber.25 

No. 3 Special, for Special Kodaks and Premos, 8 inch tubing, black rubber . . . .35 

No. 4, for long focus cameras, 18 inch tubing, red rubber.40 

No. 5, large white bulb, 36 inch tubing, white rubber.50 

Do., bulb only.35 

Red or black tubing, per foot.06 

White tubing, per foot.05 

Do., Yz inch, per foot.20 












Apparatus and Materials 


133 


Blotting Paper 

Heavy and highly absorbent stock and chemically pure. 
The Price 


Blotting Paper, 19x24, per dozen sheets.$ .75 

Blotting Paper, 19x24, per % ream.6.80 

Blotting Paper, 19 x 24, per y 2 ream.12.00 

Blotting Paper, 19x24, per ream.21.60 

Blotting Paper, per roll, 75 lbs., 20 inches.16.80 


EXTRA HEAVY.—120 pounds to the ream (the regular stock being 
100 pounds). Supplied both in sheets and in rolls. 

The Price 


Blotting Paper, extra heavy, 19 x 24 inches, per dozen sheets.$ .80 

Blotting Paper, extra heavy, 19x24 inches, per % ream.8 00 

Blotting Paper, extra heavy, 19 x 24 inches, per ream.14.40 

Blotting Paper, extra heavy, 19 x 24 inches, per ream ....... 25.60 

Blotting Paper, extra heavy, in rolls, 24 inches wide, about 75 pounds .... 16.80 

Muslin Backed Blotter, ^4 inches x 10 feet. 2.20 


Gum Paper 

Supplied in either black or white in 300-yard rolls, y 2 inch wide. 

The Price 

Gum Paper, per roll .$ .60 


Eastman Cepa Paper 

Made especially for vignetting and similar purposes. 

The Price 

Eastman Cepa Paper, 19x24, per dozen sheets.$ .25 

Eastman Cepa Paper, 19x24, per ream.7.00 


Eastman Post Office Paper 

Specially selected both in quality and color for photographic use. 

The Price 

Eastman Post Office Paper, 19 x 24, per dozen sheets. 

Eastman Post Office Paper, 19x24, per ream. 


Orange and Ruby Fabric 

Good stout fabric, especially selected as to color. 
The Price 


















134 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Special Ferrotype Plates 

These plates are specially made for use in squeegeeing prints to obtain 

a high glossy finish. . 

s & J 7 he Price 


Ferrotype Plates, 10x14, light, each . . . . $ .20 

Ferrotype Plates, 10x14, heavy, each.30 

Ferrotype Plates, 14x20, heavy, each ........... .65 

Ferrotype Plates, 18x24, heavy, each.1.00 


4 x 5 

5 x 7 
5 x 8 
6^x8}4 


Fine Ground Glass 


Extra Quality, Satin Finish 

The Price 


$ .20 
.25 
.30 
.35 


8 x 10 
11x14 
14 x 17 
18 x22 


$ .40 
.65 
2.00 
2.65 


Flashed Opal Glass 

A first quality flashed glass for use as diffusing screens. Just the right 
quality to afford even diffusing. 

The Price 

Flashed Opal Glass, 7x7 . . $1.25 

Flashed Opal Glass, 8 x 10 . . 1.50 

Flashed Opal Glass, 10x10 . 1.80 

Flashed Opal Glass, 10x12 . . 2.00 

For Graphic E. R. & C. Cameras 
No. 1, 7/ 2 x 9 . . . . $1.50 

No. 2, 9J4 x 12J4 .... 3.00 

No. 3, 12^x16^ .... 4.50 

Eastman Lantern Slide Cover Glass 

The Eastman Lantern Slide Cover Glass is first quality, free from all 
imperfections and cut accurately to size. 

The Price 

Eastman Lantern Slide Cover Glass, 3J4x4, per dozen. $ .35 

Eastman Lantern Slide Cover Glass, 3J4x4, P er case > 1108 lights .... 22.50 


Flashed Opal Glass, 11x14 . . $3.00 
Flashed Opal Glass, 14x14 . . 4.00 
Flashed Opal Glass, 14x17 . 4.50 

For F. & S. Professional Printer 

No. 1, 954x12 J4 .... $3.00 

No. 2, 12^4x16 y A .... 4.50 


Eastman Orange and Ruby Glass 

First quality stock, and correct in color for photographic use. 

The Price 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 3}4x 454, per sheet. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 4x5, per sheet. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 5 x 7, per sheet ........ 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 5x8, per sheet. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 6J4 x % l / 2 , per sheet. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 7 x 9, per sheet. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 8 x 10, per sheet.. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 10 x 12, per sheet. 

Orange and Ruby Glass, 11 x 14, per sheet ........ 


.15 

.20 

.25 

.30 

.40 

.40 

.45 

.65 

.85 


Reversible Backs for R. O. C. and Eastman View Cameras 

5 x 7 .$8.00 7 x 11 . $10.00 

f>y 2 x.zy 2 .9.oo 8xio •. 10.00 






















Apparatus and Materials 


135 


Camera Bellows 


Extra bellows will be supplied for cameras at the following prices: 


8x10 Sky Scraper Camera . . $ 8.00 

11x14 Sky Scraper Camera . . 10.00 

8 x 10 Century Grand Portrait Cam¬ 
era .7.00 

11 x 14 Century Grand Portrait Cam¬ 
era, per set .... 14.00 

8 x 10 Century Studio Camera No. 1 6.00 

11 x 14 Century Studio Camera No. 1, 

per set.12.00 

8 x 10 Century Studio Camera No. 3 6 00 

8x10 Century Studio Camera No. 4 6 00 

5x7 Century Studio Camera No. 5 3.00 

Eastman View No. 1, 5 x 7 . 3.50 

Eastman View No. 1, f> l / 2 x 8J4 . 4.00 

Eastman View No. 1, 8 x 10 . 4.50 


Eastman View No. 2, 5 x 7 . $ 5.00 

Eastman View No. 2, (> l / 2 x % l / 2 . 6.00 

Eastman View No. 2, 8 x 10 . 7.00 

Eastman View No. 2, 7 x 11 . 7.00 

5x7 Graphic E. & R. Camera . 4.00 

8x10 Graphic E. & R. Camera . 6.00 

11x14 Graphic E. & R. Camera . 9.00 

6/4x8 1 / 2 R. B. Cycle Graphic Camera 8.00 

5 x 7 R. B. Cycle Graphic Camera 6.00 

8 x 10 R. B. Cycle Graphic Camera 9.00 

5x7 Pony Premo No. 9 . . . 4.00 

5x7 Pony Premo No. 10 . . . 4.00 

F. & S. Commercial Camera, 8x10 12 00 

F. & S. Commercial Camera, 11 x 14 15.00 

F. & S. Banquet Camera, 7x17 . 7.50 

F. & S. Banquet Camera, 12x20 . 10.00 


Carrying Cases for View Cameras 


R. O. C. View, square 
Eastman View No. 1 
Eastman View No. 2 
Eastman View No. 2, 7x11 


Portrait Cameras, 5x7, 7 

Portrait Cameras, 8x10, S 
Portrait Cameras, 11x14, 10 
Eastman View Camera No. 1, 
Eastman View Camera No. 1, 
Eastman View Camera No. 1, 
Eastman View Camera No. 2, 
Eastman View Camera No. 2, 
Eastman View Camera No. 2, 
Eastman View Camera No. 2, 
Sky Scraper, 8x10 
Sky Scraper, 11 x 14 



The Price sx7 

6^4x834 

8x 10 




$2.75 

$3.00 

. 

. 

4.50 

4.75 

5.00 

Lens 

5.00 

. $7.00 

Boards 

5.50 

6.00 

X 7 

$ .75 

F. & S. and Crown E. R. & 

C. Cam- 


x 9 

1.00 

eras, 8x10 

F. & S. and Crown E. R. & 
eras, 11x14. 

. 

$1.00 

x 10 

1.50 

C. Cam- 

1.25 

5 x 7 

.30 

F. & S. and Crowm E. R. & 

C. Cam- 


6}4x8^ 

.40 

eras, 14 x 17 . 

F. & S. and Crown E. R. & 
eras, 18 x 22 . 


1.50 

8 x 10 

.50 

C. Cam- 

1.75 

5 x 7 

.60 

Hand Cameras, 634 x 8^4 


.50 

6j4 x %y 2 

.75 

Hand Cameras, 8 x 10 

. , 

.50 

8 x 10 

.75 

F. & S. Home Portrait 


.60 

7 x 11 

1.25 

F. & S. Banquet, 7 x 17 


.60 

F. & S. Banquet, 12 x 20 

. . 

.80 


.60 

F. & S. Commercial, 8 x 10 

. 

.70 

• 

.75 

F. & S. Commercial, 11 x 14 

• 


.85 


Miscellaneous Sundries 

The Price 

Rubber Tired Casters for Studio Stand, Nos. 1 and 2, Complete, each 
Rubber Tired Casters for Studio Stand, Nos. 1 and 2, Complete, per set of 4 

Rubber Tired Wheels, only, for Studio Stand, each. 

R. O. C. Tripod Head Screws, Nos. 1, 2 and 3. 

R. O. C. Tripod Head Screws, Nos. 4 and 5. 

Crown Tripod Head Screws . .. 

Professional Tripod Head Screws .......... 

*Tan Straps for R. O. View Carrying Cases, with buckle, 34, 40 and 44 inches 
*Tan Straps for R. O. View Carrying Cases, with buckle, 52, 60 and 66 inches 


$1.00 

4.00 

.40 

.20 

.40 

.35 

.35 

.60 

.75 


♦Specify style and size of camera when ordering. 


















136 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Seed Dry Plates 

Supreme in every essential that goes to make up quality, Seed plates 
are everywhere recognized as the standard of comparison. 

There is a Seed plate for every photographic purpose—and right in 
every feature; speed, latitude, uniformity, fineness of grain, all are found 
in Seed. 


Seed 26 X 

For general portrait work this plate cannot 
be surpassed, as it possesses the extreme in lati¬ 
tude of exposure and development. Harmonious 
gradation and softness are insured, even under 
adverse conditions. 


Seed 23 


A slow plate especially suited for commercial 
and landscape work. 


Seed 27 “Gilt Edge” 

A plate of exceeding rapidity, specially suited 
for short exposures and flash light work. An 
admirable “dark day” plate for the studio. 





Seed 30 “Gilt Edge” 


The Seed 30 has twice the speed of the Seed 
27 with nothing sacrificed in quality, gradation, 
or in fineness of grain. 

The Seed 30 Gilt Edge will particularly ap¬ 
peal to the portrait photographer by its marvelous 
combination of speed and quality. 





















Apparatus and Materials 


137 


The Seed Graflex Plate 

By far the most rapid plate we have ever 
produced. 

It has very fine grain and the degree of con¬ 
trast desired by the press photographer or land¬ 
scape man can readily be obtained, as development 
can be continued, without danger of fogging, until 
the required contrast is attained. The keeping quality is excellent. 



Seed “L” Ortho 

A most satisfactory plate for landscape, and 
other all around work, where color sensitiveness 
is essential. Pleasing gradation, roundness and 
fullness without undue contrast, is afforded by 
this plate. 


Seed “C” Ortho 

This plate is the same speed as the 26X, and 
is highly orthochromatic, rendering all detail in 
yellow objects with very short exposure. Splendid 
for commercial work. 




Seed “Panchromatic” 


Of extremely high color sensitiveness, this 
plate is the finest plate made for copying paint¬ 
ings, and the photographing of all objects when 
true color values are important. 

















138 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Pri ce 

21 and 30 (Gilt Edge), 26X, 23, Graflex, L. Ortho, C. Ortho and Panchromatic. 






Case 




Case 



Per 

No. Doz. 

Wt. 


Per 

No. Doz. 

Wt. 

Size 


Doz. 

in Case 

Lbs. 

Size 

Doz. 

in Case 

Lbs. 

i xiy 2 . 


. $ .25 

30 

10 

354 x 654 . 

. $ .75 

30 

55 

2x2 


.25 

30 

10 

454 x 654 

.90 

30 

70 

2 x2 y 2 . 


.25 

30 

15 

434 X 654 

.90 

26 

65 

254 x 254 • 


.30 

30 

15 

5x7 

1.10 

20 

60 

2)4 x 4 


.35 

30 

30 

5x8 

1.25 

20 

70 

254 x 3)4 • 


.35 

30 

22 

6)4 x 8)4 • 

1.65 

12 

55 

3x3 


.35 

30 

25 

7 x 10 

2.10 

10 

60 

354 x 354 • 


.40 

30 

30 

7x11 

2.40 

10 

70 

3RU3 )4 • 


.40 

30 

30 

8 x 10 

2.40 

10 

70 

354x354 . 


.40 

30 

30 

10 x 12 

4.20 

3 

55 

354 x 4-54 • 


.45 

30 

35 

11 xl4 

6.00 

3 

70 

4x4 


.60 

30 

35 

12 xl5 

7.50 

3 

65 

454 x 454 • 


.60 

30 

40 

14 xl7 

12 x20 

9.00 

. 20.00 

2 

2 

75 

75 

354 x 554 . 


.65 

30 

45 

16 x20 

. 23.00 

154 

75 

4x5 


.65 

30 

50 

17 x20 

. 25.00 

154 

80 

454 x 554 . 


.75 

30 

60 

18 x22 

32.00 

1 

75 

354 x 654 . 


.75 

30 

55 

20 x 24 

. 40.00 

1 

75 


N. B.—In ordering, please specify whether Sensitometers 23, 26X, or 27 are wanted. 
Sizes 454 x454 and 354 x 654 always backed unless otherwise ordered. 

Special quotations on special sizes. 










Apparatus and Materials 


139 


Seed “Non-Halation” 



The ability of this plate to resist halation is 
due to its double coating, the under emulsion being 
the slow 23 and the surface the fast 26X, all excess 
light being absorbed by the under coating. Snappy 
detail in the high lights under the most trying 
conditions is assured. 


Seed Non-Halation L Ortho 


This plate combines all the good qualities of 
both the Seed Non-Halation and the Seed Ortho- 
chromatic, and is without question the best plate 
made in adaptability to every special need in 
difficult and varied work. 

The Price 



Seed Non-Halation and Non-Halation L. Ortho. 


Size 


Per 

Doz. 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

Size 

Per 

Doz. 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

uase 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

1 xl4 . 


. $ .30 

30 

10 

44 

x 64 • 

. $ 1.10 

30 

70 

2 x 2 


.30 

30 

10 

434 

x 64 

1.20 

26 

65 

2 x 24 • 


.30 

30 

15 

5 

x 7 

1.40 

20 

60 

24x24 . 


. . .35 

30 

15 

5 

x 8 

1.55 

20 

70 

234x4 


.40 

30 

30 

64 

x 84 

2.10 

12 

55 

24x34 . 


.40 

30 

22 

7 

x 10 

2.65 

10 

60 

3x3 


.40 

30 

25 

7 

x 11 

3.00 

10 

70 

34x34 . 


.50 

30 

30 

8 

x 10 

3.00 

10 

70 

3 % X 334 . 


.50 

30 

30 

7 

x 17 

6.20 

4 

75 

34x34 . 


.50 

30 

30 

10 

x 12 

5.15 

3 

55 

334 x 434 • 


.55 

30 

35 

11 

x 14 

7.25 

3 

70 

4 x 4 


.75 

30 

35 

14 

x 17 

11.25 

2 

75 

434 x 44 . 


.75 

30 

40 

12 

x 20 

. 25.00 

2 

75 

3*4x534 . 


.80 

30 

45 

16 

x 20 

28.75 

14 

75 

4x5 


.80 

30 

50 

. 17 

x 20 

31.25 

142 

1 

80 

44'x 5^4 . 


.95 

30 

60 

18 

x 22 

. 40.00 

75 

34x64 . 


.95 

30 

55 

20 

x 24 

. 50.00 

1 

75 


Seed Process Plates 

This emulsion gives strong contrast. Is useful for copying line draw¬ 
ings, plans, manuscript and printed matter. 


The Price 


Size 

34 x 44 • 


Per 

Doz. 

. $ .45 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

30 

Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

35 

Size 

8x 10 


Per 

Doz. 

. $ 2.40 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

10 

Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

70 

4x5 


.65 

30 

50 

10x12 


4.20 

3 

55 

44 x 64 • 


.90 

30 

70 

11x14 


6.00 

3 

70 

5x7 . 


1.10 

20 

60 

14x17 . 


9.00 

2 

75 

5x8 


1.25 

20 

70 

16x20 . 


. 23.00 

14 

75 

64 x 84 • 


1.65 

12 

55 

17x20 . 


. 25.00 

14 

8i4 

7 x 10 . 


. 2.10 

10 

60 

18x22 . 


. 32.00 

1 

75 

7x11 


. 2.40 

10 

70 

20 x 24 . 


. 40.00 

1 

75 






























140 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Seed 

27 and 30 (Gilt Edge), 26X, 23, Graflex, 
Orthochromatic and Process Plates—In Centimeter Sizes 


The Price 


Size 

6)4 x 9 . 




Doz. in 
Case 

. 30 

Per 

Doz. 

$ .40 

Size 

13 x 18 





Doz. in 
Case 

. 20 

Per 

Doz. 

$ 1.10 

6x9 




. 30 

.40 

18 x24 





. 10 

2.10 

8x9 . 




. 30 

.40 

18 x26 





. 10 

2.40 

9 x 12 . 




. 30 

.60 

21x27 





4 

3.00 

8)4 x 17 . 




. 20 

.90 

24x30 





4 

4.20 

12 x 16)4 . 




. 20 

.90 

30x40 





. 3 

9.00 

12 xl8 . 




. 20 

1.10 ! 

50x60 





1 

40.00 


Seed Stripping Plates 

Furnished in any Emulsion. 

For photo mechanical processes. Made only on special order. At 
least ten days required to fill orders. Keeping quality not guaranteed. 


The Price 






Case 





Case 



Per 

No. Doz. 

Wt. 



Per 

No. Doz. 

Wt. 

Size 


Doz. 

in Case 

Lbs. 

Size 


Doz. 

in Case 

Lbs. 

5 x 7 


. $1.90 

20 

60 

11x14 . 


. $ 9.50 

3 

70 

5 x 8 


. 2.00 

20 

70 

14x17 


. 15.00 

2 

75 

6)4 x 8H 


. 2.75 

12 

55 

16x20 . 


. 37.75 


75 

7 x 10 


. 3.50 

10 

60 

17x20 . 


. 40.00 

1)4 

80 

7 x 11 


. 4.00 

10 

70 

18x22 . 


. 50.00 

1 

75 

8 x 10 


4.00 

10 

70 

20 x 24 . 


. 66.00 

1 

75 

10 x 12 


. 6.80 

3 

55 







(Made only on special order, and subject to 10 days’ delay.) 





















Apparatus and Materials 


141 


Seed X-Ray Plates 



The emulsion with which the Seed X-Ray 
plates are coated is exceedingly sensitive to the 
X-Ray, producing radiographs with the shortest 
exposure that could be desired. Assures perfect 
definition and a remarkable gradation between 
the bone and surrounding soft tissues. 


The Price 


Per Doz., Including Per Doz., Including 
Doz. Two Sets of Twelve Sets of 

Size in Case Exposure Envelopes Exposure Envelopes 

5x7.20 $1.10 $ 1.40 

6y£x %y 2 . 12 1.65 2.10 

8 x 10 10 2.40 3.00 

10 x 12 3 4.20 5.15 

11 xl4 . 3 6.00 7.25 

14 xl7 . . .. 2 9.00 11.25 


Seed Lantern Slide Plates 


(Yellow Label.) 

.Seed Lantern Slide Plates are coated on the finest glass obtainable, and 
produce rich black tones. 


Size 
3J4 x4 
3J4x3^ 
6J4 x 8 

V/\ x4 


The Price 

Doz. in Case Per Doz. 

.30 $ .45 

.30 English Size, .40 

.12 1.80 

.30 Cover Glass, 


.35 
















142 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Stanley Dry Plates 

The Stanley Plate needs no introduction to the profession as it has 
been successfully used in studios the country over for many years. 


Off/ 



TRADEMARK 


Stanley “Regular” 

This plate has long been a favorite with the 
profession, as it possesses speed, latitude and 
excellent keeping qualities. Crisp, clean print¬ 
ing negatives are characteristic of this plate. 

Stanley “Commercial” 

A slow orthochromatic plate, that meets 
perfectly all demands entailed by flat lightings 
on subjects of fine detail and contrasting colors. 


Size 

1 xi y 2 

2 x 2 

2 x 2J4 

2^ x zy 2 

2V 4 x3 1 A 
2J4 x 4 

3 x 3 

3J4x3J4 
3'A x3H 
3 ^x 3 ^ 
3J4x4 % 

4 x 4 
4J4 xVA 

sy 4 xsy 2 

4 x 5 

4J4x5H 

354x6^ 

3 y 2 x6y 2 


The Price 


Stanley “Regular” and “Commercial 


Per 

Doz. 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

Size 


Per 

Doz. 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

$ .25 

30 

10 

4 y 4 

x 6 l / 2 


. $ .90 

30 

70 

.25 

30 

10 

4 y 4 

x 6J4 


.90 

26 

65 

.25 

30 

15 

5 

x 7 


1.10 

20 

60 

.30 

30 

15 

5 

x 8 


1.25 

20 

70 

.35 

30 

22 

6j4x %y 2 


1.65 

12 

55 

.35 

30 

30 

7 

x 10 


2.10 

10 

60 

.35 

30 

25 

7 

x 11 


2.40 

10 

70 

.40 

30 

30 

8 

x 10 


2.40 

10 

70 

.40 

30 

30 

10 

x 12 


4.20 

3 

55 

.40 

30 

30 

; ii 

x 14 


6.00 

3 

70 

.45 

30 

35 

12 

x 15 


7.50 

3 

65 

.60 

30 

35 

14 

x 17 


9.00 

2 

75 

.60 

30 

40 

12 

x 20 


. 20.00 

2 

75 

.65 

30 

45 

16 

x 20 


. 23.00 

1/4 

75 

.65 

30 

50 

17 

x 20 


. 25.00 

1/4 

80 

.75 

30 

60 

18 

x 22 


. 32.00 

1 

75 

.75 

30 

55 

! 20 

x 24 


. 40.00 

1 

75 

.75 

30 

55 
















Apparatus and Materials 


143 


Standard Dry Plates 

The Standard Extra 

The Standard Extra produces negatives of great brilliancy and possesses 
remarkable latitude. A fine plate for general studio work. 

The Standard Imperial 

The Standard Imperial is a soft working plate, of great speed, and 
made with special reference to studio work. Possesses excellent latitude 
and affords fine crisp negatives with perfect printing detail. 

The Standard Polychrome 

This plate possesses decided orthochromatic qualities in combination 
with great speed. It is a remarkably soft working plate, and will prove 
of great value to the operator in equalizing color values. 

The Standard Thermic 

A new plate of speed and great latitude and made with special 
reference to all around use in any climate. 

The Standard Slow Ortho 

A slow working emulsion, highly orthochromatic in quality and of the 
speed generally desired by commercial photographers; sensitive to yellow 
and green, and may be used either with or without ray filter. For full color 
correction the use of a medium yellow filter is advised. 

Well adapted for photographing oak, maple and walnut furniture; 
excellent for landscape work where extreme speed is not essential. 

The Standard Panchromatic 

Sensitive to the entire range of the spectrum; for photographing 
mahogany furniture, oil paintings, and for other commercial purposes, as 
well as landscape work, this plate will afford excellent results. 

For full color correction the Wratten “K 3” or Wratten “A” filters 
should be used. 






144 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


The Price 


Standard 

“Extra,” “Imperial, 

’ “Panchromatic,” 

“Slow Ortho,” 

“Polychrome” and 

“Thermic.” 




Case 




Case 


Per 

No. Doz. 

Wt. 


Per No. Doz. 

Wt. 

Size 

Doz. 

in Case 

Lbs. 

Size 

Doz. in 

Case 

Lbs. 

2 x 2 

. $ .25 

30 

10 

44 x 6J4 

. $ .90 

30 

70 

2 x24 

.25 

30 

15 

434 x 634 

.90 

26 

65 

24x24 

.30 

30 

15 

5 x 7 

1.10 

20 

60 

2y 2 x 4 

.35 

30 

30 

5x8 

1.25 

20 

70 

24x34 

.35 

30 

22 

64 x 8J4 

1.65 

12 

55 

3 x 3 

.35 

30 

25 

7 x 10 

2.10 

10 

60 

34x34 

.40 

30 

30 

7 x 11 

2.40 

10 

70 

34x34 

.40 

30 

30 

8 x 10 

2.40 

10 

70 

34x34 

.40 

30 

30 

10 x 12 

4.20 

3 

55 

314x4 % 

.45 

30 

35 

11 x 14 

6.00 

3 

70 

4 x 4 

.60 

30 

35 

12 x 15 

7.50 

3 

65 

414x4 54 

.60 

30 

40 

14 x 17 

9.00 

2 

75 

314x534 

.65 

30 

45 

12 x 20 

. 20.00 

9 

75 

4 x 5 

.65 

30 

50 

16 x 20 

. 23.00 

14 

75 

4*4 x 534 

.75 

30 

60 

17 x 20 

. 25.00 

14 

80 

334 x 634 

.75 

30 

55 

18 x 22 

. 32.00 

1 

75 

334 x 634 

.75 

30 

55 

20 x 24 

. 40.00 

1 

75 



Standard Orthonon 




This plate is double coated, 

non-halation and c 

•rthochromatic. 

Admir- 


ably adapted for every class of work, as it possesses both speed and lati¬ 
tude, in addition to its non-halation and orthochromatic qualities. 


The Price 


Size 

34 X 34 


Per 

Doz. 

. $ .50 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

30 

Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

30 

Size 

7x 11 


Per 

Doz. 

. $ 3.00 

No. Doz. 
in Case 

10 

Case 

Wt. 

Lbs. 

70 

334x44 • 


.55 

30 

35 

8 x 10 


3.00 

10 

70 

34x54 . 


.80 

30 

45 

7x 17 . 


6.20 

4 

75 

4x5 


.80 

30 

50 

10x12 . 


5.15 

3 

55 

44 x 534 . 


.95 

30 

60 

11x14 


7.25 

3 

70 

44 x 64 • 


1.10 

30 

70 

14x17 


. 11.25 

2 

75 

44 x 64 ■ 


. 1.20 

26 

65 

12x20 . 


. 25.00 

2 

75 

5x7 


1.40 

20 

60 

16x20 . 


. 28.75 

14 

75 

5x8 


1.55 

20 

70 

17x20 . 


. 31.25 

14 

80 

64x84 . 


. 2.10 

12 

55 

18x22 . 


. 40.00 

1 

75 

7 x 10 . 


. 2.65 

10 

60 

20 x 24 


. 50.00 

1 

75 


Standard Post Card Plates 

These Post Card Plates have speed in every respect. Work splendidly 
with either artificial or daylight, attain good density rapidly, and fix quickly. 

The Price 

24 x 24> per dozen . . . . $ .25 4 x 5, per dozen . . $ .65 

34x44, per dozen.45 44x64, per dozen .... .90 

34 x 54, per dozen.65 

Standard Lantern Slide Plates 

The “Regular” Standard Lantern Slide Plate is just right in speed and 
contrast to meet the requirements of the average user. 

The “Slow” Standard Lantern Slide Plate will be found ideal for all 
contrast work, such as moving picture advertising slides and the like. 

Standard Lantern Slide Plates, 34x4, per dozen.$ .45 


















Apparatus and Materials 


145 


Wratten & Wainwright Products 

The technical and commercial photographer requires a means by which 
he can reproduce any colors as of any relative brightness which he may 
desire, and this can only be attained by the use of plates sensitive to all 
colors, and by the possession of a series of color filters covering the whole 
range of colors likely to be met with in practical work. 

Wratten & Wainwright, Limited, have long ranked first amongst 
European manufacturers in the production of color sensitive plates, and 
other products incident to color separation problems. We are now supply¬ 
ing their products from our own factories direct, which will be found fully 
up to their high standard of quality. 

Wratten & Wainwright Panchromatic, Process 
Panchromatic and “M” Plates 

These plates are specially prepared with reference to color separation 
work, and are sensitive to the entire spectrum including deep red. When 
used in combination with the Wratten & Wainwright filters, they will be 
found invaluable when the correct representation of light intensity values 
is essential. The “M” plates are coated with special reference to photo¬ 
micrographic work, and will be found ideal for the purpose. 

The Price 


Panchromatic and Wratten “M” Plates. 


3 4 J4 






. $ .55 

10 x 12 . 






. $ 5.15 

3J4 x 5 Yi 






.80 

11 x 14 . 






7.25 

4x5 






.80 

14x17 . 






11.25 

5x7 






1.40 

12x20 . 
16x20 . 






. 25.00 

. 28.75 

t P /2 x 8 Yz 






. 2.10 

17x20 . 






31.25 

7 x 11 






. 3.00 

18x22 . 






. 40.00 

8 x 10 






. 3.00 

20x24 . 






. 50.00 


Wratten & Wainwright Filters 

These filters are in accordance with the very latest scientific develop¬ 
ments, and are universally recognized as the very best to be obtained. 

We will supply the gelatine film, but most customers prefer to have 
it protected by being cemented between glass. 

The filters are cemented in the three following qualities of glass accord¬ 
ing to the purpose for which they are required. 

A. Optical Plate of the highest quality, prepared by Adams Hilger, 
Limited. 

B. White optical glass of good quality, working satisfactorily on 
ordinary photographic lenses. 


















146 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


C. White optical glass of less perfect figure, suitable for visual work 
or such purposes as spectroscopy or photomicrography, when the filter is 
placed in the path of a dispersed beam. Unless otherwise specified filters 
for photography are cemented in B glass. 

The Wratten orthochromatic filters or screens are supplied in three 
strengths. 

Series K-i. A very light screen to the eye, but of high correcting 
power. It requires double the normal exposure upon the Panchromatic 
plate, and about three times the normal exposure upon other color sensi¬ 
tive plates. The ideal screen for short exposure and hand camera work. 

Series K-2. A strong screen increasing the exposure about four times 
on the Panchromatic plate, and about eight to ten times on other color 
sensitive plates. The standard correcting screen and is usually supplied 
when particulars as to depth are not given. 

Series K-3. This screen affords correct color rendering upon the 
Panchromatic plate. Requires five times the normal exposure and is not 
recommended for plates other than the Panchromatic. This screen is 
largely used for picture copying, and for other work requiring exactly 
truthful rendering in monochrome of varied colors. 


Contrast Filters 

These filters are very useful in commercial work, and will be supplied 
in the following grades: 

G. Strong yellow, valuable in photographing oak and yellow woods. 
Tri-Color. A —Orange Red. B —Green. C —Blue. 

A. For photographing mahogany and rosewood, and similar articles. 

B. For photographing typewriting, figure rugs, carpets, etc. 

C. For three color work. 

F. Deep red. For photographing dark mahogany, blue prints, etc. 



Wratten & Wainwright 

Filters 



24 inch . 

Gelatine 
Film 
. $ .20 

Unmounted 
Circles or 
Squares 
in B Glass 
$ .75 

Mounted 
Circles 
in Light 
Metal Cell 
in B Glass 
$1.60 

2 J4 inch . 

Gelatine 
Film 
. $ .45 

Unmounted 
Circles or 
Squares 
in B Glass 
$1.50 

Mounted 
Circles 
in Light 
Metal Cell 
in B Glass 
$3.00 

1 inch . 

.20 

.85 

1.70 

234 inch 

.65 

1.90 

4.00 

1J4 inch 

.20 

.95 

1.90 

3 inch . 

.75 

2.50 


134 inch . 

.25 

1.10 

2.10 

334 inch . 

1.10 

3.15 


124 inch . 

.30 

1.15 

2.20 

334 inch . 

1.25 

3.75 


124 inch . 

.30 

1.25 

2.30 

4 inch . 

1.60 

4.50 


2 inch 

.35 

1.40 

2.80 

5 inch 

. 2.50 

6.25 


Mounted Circles in 

Light Metal 

1 Cells in B Glass, in larger 

sizes, will be made special only 


Filters ordered in sets are tested to work together and are packed in leather cases, $2.00 extra. 


Wratten Experimental Film Filter Book 

Contains 30 Tri-color Gelatine Film Filters, 2x3 inches. 


$5.00 









Apparatus and Materials 147 


Wratten “M” Filters in Sets of Nine 

The Price 

2 inches square, Gelatine Film. . . . . $ 2.50 

2 inch cemented in “C” glass in leather case.12.00 

4 inch cemented in “C” glass in leather case.3()!oO 

Eastman Filter Test Chart 

The Price 

Each.$ .75 

Filters Cemented in Flats 

The Price 

3 x 3, sets of 4 (Tri-color and K-3).$ 68.00 

3J4 x 3J4> sets of 4 (Tri-color and K-3).75.00 

3J4x 3J4, sets of 4 (Tri-color and K-3).85.00 

4 x4, sets of 4 (Tri-color and K-3).105.00 

Note—W e also supply special filters for process work. Prices on application. 

Eastman Adjustable Filter Holder 

For use with the 2 inch and 3 inch square Wratten Filters. By means 
of a simple automatically adjusting ring, the 3 inch filters may be securely 
attached to any lens barrel from inches to 2 ^ inches in diameter, and 
the 2 inch filter to lens barrels from inch to i %6 inches in diameter. 

The Price 

Eastman Adjustable Filter Holder, for Wratten Filter, 3 inches square .... $1.50 
Eastman Adjustable Filter Holder, for Wratten Filter, 2 inches square .... 2.50 

Books on Color Photography 

BY DR. C. E. KENNETH MEES 

The Photography of Colored Objects 

Landscape, portraiture, the photography of colored objects for repro¬ 
duction and rendering of color contrasts. 

The Photography of Colored Objects. Bound in board . $ .50 

Wratten Light Filters 

Anyone having use for filters will find this little book of value. 

Wratten Light Filters . . - . ... . $ .50 

An Atlas of Absorption Spectra 
The atlas, which contains 74 pages, will be of interest to those who 
wish to use filters of a particular kind. 

An Atlas of Absorption Spectra. Bound in board .... $1.50 

Photomicrography 

The optical and photographic side of Photomicrography and especially 
with the question of illumination. It contains 35 pages. 

Photomicrography $.15 

















148 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Portrait Film 


The introduction of Eastman Portrait Film marked a great advance in 
convenience for the professional photographer, comparable in importance 
ami far-reaching effect, with the introduction of dry plates and developing- 
out paper. 

Eastman Portrait Film will produce studio or home portrait negatives 
of surpassingly fine quality and most unusual gradation. I he emulsion is 
of extremely fine grain, making the negatives particularly fine for enlarg¬ 
ing, and has about the same speed as the Seed 30 plate. 

The films are unbreakable; in filing away or continual handling, the 
danger of breakage, through accidental dropping or otherwise, is entirely 
obviated. They can be sent through the mails without special packing, 
with the assurance that they will arrive intact. Home portrait workers 
who travel from town to town, will especially appreciate this advantage. 

The films are light in weight and require very little room for storage. 

Eastman Portrait Films are practically non-halation. They are so 
thin and are so free from glare, that there is no chance for sufficient light 
reflection to cause the halation effect. 

Eastman Portrait Films lie perfectly flat in the holders. T hey load 
in the same way as plates, and a V-notch in the top of each film prevents 
any confusion as to which is the emulsion sicie. They are coated on the 
back with gelatine, which makes them non-curling. 

In development, several films may be developed in the same tray at 
the same time without danger of scratching or breakage, and in this way 
a batch of portrait film negatives may be easily developed in much shorter 
time than could a corresponding batch of plate negatives. 

Eastman Portrait Films offer an excellent surface for retouching, and 
are coated on each side, so the retoucher can work on both sides, when 
required—an obvious advantage. 


4, x 4 x 6J4, per dozen 
5 x 7, per dozen 
5 x 8, per dozen 
6J4 x 8J4, per dozen 
7 x 10, per dozen 


The Price 


$ .90 

7x11, per dozen 

1.10 

8 x 10, per dozen 

1.25 

10x12, per dozen 

1.65 

11x 14, per dozen 

2.10 



$2.40 

2.40 

4.20 

6.00 









Apparatus and Materials 


149 


Holders for Eastman Portrait Film 

Holders 

For use with portrait film, we furnish the Eastman Portrait Film 
Holder in two styles—No. i to fit Century Cameras and Century Studio 
reversible backs, Eastman View Nos. i and 2 and 5 x 7 Premo hand 
camera, No. 2 to fit Universal, Empire State and Premo View Cameras, 
No. 3 for Eastman Home Portrait Camera 5 x 7 only. 

The Price 

.$1.00 

.1.10 

.1.25 

.1.25 

.• . . . 4.00 

Eastman Film Sheath No. 1 

For those who wish to use the portrait film in their regular professional 
curtain slide holders, we furnish the Eastman Film Sheaths, by means of 
which the film can be easily loaded in such holders. 

These sheaths will fit the 5 x 7 and 8 x 10 Century Curtain Slide 
Holders. They will not fit the Universal Curtain Slide Holder. 

The Price 


4 % x 6J4, each.$ .25 

5 x 7, each.25 

8 x 10, each..50 


5 x 7, each 

6 J 4 x 8 ^ 2 , each 
8 x 10 , each 

7 x 11, each 

11 x 14, each 


Eastman Film Sheath No. 2 

For use with Eastman Portrait Film. The films are very easily placed 
in the sheath, and these sheaths will fit any model View Plate Holder. 

The Price 

5 x 7, each. 

6 J 4 x 8 J 4 , each. 

8 x 10 , each . 

Special Film Sheaths for Universal Curtain 
Slide Holders 

These sheaths are constructed of wood and aluminum and are for 
use only in the Century Universal Curtain Slide Studio Holder. 

The Price 

.$ .75 

. 1.00 


8x 10 
11 x 14 


$ .20 
.20 
.25 


















ISO 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Film Developing Holder 


The Eastman Film Developing Holder No. 2 is for use in developing 
Eastman Portrait Film. 


It consists of a strong metal frame, and of such shape that the upper 
bar of the frame may rest in notches on the edge of the tank; impervious 
to attack by developing solutions. 



At each of the four corners to which the 
film is attached are metal clips which hold 
the film in position. 

A curved hook is attached to the top bar 
for suspending the film while drying. 

Can be used in same tanks as for Core 
Plate Racks of the same size. 

The Price 


5 

x 7, 

each 




. $ .40 

8 

x 10, 

each 




.50 

10 

x 12, 

each 




. 2.00 

11 

x 14, 

each 




2.50 

14 

x 17, 

each 




3.00 

*5 

x 7, 

16 inch cross bar 




1.20 

*8 

x 10, 

16 inch cross bar 




. 1.20 


*For X-Ray Film. 


Eastman Loading Fixture for Film 
Developing Holder 


This fixture is a very simple but ingenious device for loading the 
developing holders with the films. 



It is practically automatic in action, and several dozen films may be 
loaded into the developing holders in a few minutes. 

The Price 


5 x 7, each .............. $1.25 

6J4 x 8 Yt, each.yo 

8 x 10, each. 1 50 





















Apparatus and Materials 


151 


Sterling Portrait Film Holders 

These holders fit the F. & S. Home Portrait Camera, Sky Scraper 
Camera, F. & S. Commercial Camera and any other camera taking 8 x io 
or ii x 14 Sterling Holders. 

The Price 

8 x 10, each.$2.50 

11 x 14, each.6.00 

Banquet Camera Portrait Film Holders 

These holders are of most substantial construction and are made 
especially for use in the Banquet Camera. 

The Price 

7x17.$10.00 

12x20. 13.00 

Graphic Portrait Film Holders 

These holders fit the Revolving Back Cycle Graphic Camera. 

The Price 

5x7.$1-50 

ey 2 * *y . 2.00 

8 x 10 ..2.25 

Graflex Portrait Film Holders 

These holders fit any 5 x 7 Graflex Camera. 

The 5 x 7 Graflex Magazine Plate Holders will take Eastman Portrait 
Film by placing cardboard in septum back of the film. 

The Price 

5x7. $ 3 -50 













152 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Steel Filing Cabinets 



The Eastman Steel Filing Cabinet offers a practical means for filing a 
large number of film negatives, where they are not only protected but are 
as readily accessible as the contents of an ordinary office filing case. 

A single unit of this filing cabinet will hold five hundred 8 x io film 
negatives. 

The cabinets are made in single units, the drawers have full roller 
suspension bearings, and may be fitted with partitions to hold 5 x 7 or 
both 5x7 and 8 x 10 film negatives. When fitted for 5x7, each unit 
will hold one thousand 5 x 7 film negatives. 

These filing cabinets are an exceptional convenience, as they allow all 
negatives of recent date to be filed in the office, where they may be had for 
any purpose at a moment’s notice. 

One section of a cabinet may be used for negatives which have been 
proofed but not ordered from, the negatives being immediately at hand 
when the order is given. 

The cabinets are handsomely finished, and add much to the appearance 
and convenience of the modern photographer’s office. 

The Price 

Eastman Steel Filing Cabinets 

No. 1 Single Unit, capacity 500 8 x 10 Film Negatives.. $10.00 

No. 2 Single Unit, with one partition, capacity 1000 5 x7 Film Negatives . . . 11.50 
No. 3 Single Unit, with two partitions, capacity 500 5 x 7 and 250 8 x 10 Film Negatives 13.00 




Apparatus and Materials 


153 


Eastman X-Ray Film 

These films are coated with the same emulsion as the Seed X-Ray plate, 
and produce roentgenograms of the highest quality. 

These films are unbreakable, can be sent through the mails without 
special packing, and are easily stored, and can be filed with the other records 
for each patient. 

The film base permits the exposure of several films together of one 
subject at one exposure, doing away with the printing for duplicates. 

In the intensifying screen Eastman X-Ray Films require less exposure 
than plates because film does not retard the X-Ray as does glass. 


4x5, per dozen 
5 x 7, per dozen 
6/4 x 8 p 2 , per dozen 
8 x 10, per dozen 

10 x 12, per dozen 

11 x 14, per dozen 

14 x 17, per dozen 


The Price 

Includes two sets of exposure envelopes. 


$ .65 
1.10 
1.65 
2.40 
4.00 
5.00 
7.50 


Eastman Dental X-Ray Film 


Eastman Dental X-Ray films have rounded corners and are enclosed 
in light proof and water proof material. Two films are in each packet and 
are exposed together so there are two records of each case. Unless Extra 
Fast Dental X-Ray films are ordered, the regular product is sent. The 
extra fast films require about half the exposure of the regular films, but the 
regular films are superior for detail, contrast and keeping quality. 

The Price 


No. 1, 1 54 x 1^4 inches, per dozen pairs.$ .50 

No. 1, 134 x inches, 3 dozen pairs, in tin lined box.1.50 

No. IB, 1^4x2, per dozens pairs.85 

No. 1A, 134x214) P er dozen pairs.85 

No. 2, 234x3 inches, per dozen pairs ........... 1.75 




























154 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Dental Film Developing Holders 

The Dental Film Developing Holders consist of a non-corrosive metal 
bar on which are attached ten clips—five on either side—for holding East¬ 
man Dental X-Ray Film during the process of developing, fixing, washing 
and drying. The upper end of the bar has a hook, permitting the holder 
to be suspended from the edge of the tank, and in this way Dental Films 
may be developed at the same time with X-Ray films or plates, if desired. 
Impervious to attack in developing solution. 

The Price 


Dental Film Developing Holders ............ $1.50 

Dental Film Clips, per dozen ............ 1.00 


Eastman Process Film 

Eastman Process Film (Positive) is strong in contrasts, yet reproduces 
with remarkable accuracy, the full negative values. It is coated on a base 
of medium weight. List prices the same as Eastman Portrait Film. See 
page 148 . 


Eastman X-Ray Envelopes 

The Eastman X-Ray Envelopes are made of strong tough stock, each 
set consisting of one black and one orange envelope. 

The Price 

5x7, per dozen sets $ .30 10 x 12, per dozen sets . $ .95 

6J4 x 8J4, per dozen sets .45 11x14, per dozen sets . 1.25 

8 x 10, per dozen sets ... .60 14x17, per dozen sets . 2.25 

X-Ray Developer Powders 

These powders are prepared for the convenience of the Roentgenologist 
and exclusively for use with X-Ray Plates and Films. Each package con¬ 
tains six powders, and each powder is sufficient to make twelve ounces of 
“ready to use” solution. 

The Price 


Eastman X-Ray Developer Powders, per package of six powders 
Do., Single Powders, sufficient for 128 ounces solution 


$ .90 
1.20 






Apparatus and Materials 


155 


Cirkut Film 

Only Eastman N. C. Film is supplied for the Cirkut Cameras. This 
film is furnished in Daylight-loading Cartridges. 


The Price 


For Cirkut Camera No. 5: 


For Cirkut Cameras No. 10 and No. 16: 


5" x 15" . 


Per Roll 

. $ .25 

5"x 20" . 


.35 

5"x 30" . 


.50 

5" x 42" . 


.70 

For Cirkut Outfits No. 

6 and No. 8: 

6y 2 "x 3' 


Per Roll 
. $ .80 

6}4"x 6' 


1.60 

654" x 10' 


2.60 

8" x 4' 


1.30 

OO 

X 

00 


. 2.60 

8" x 12' 


3.90 


6" x 5' 
6"x 10' 
6"x 15' 
8"x 10' 
8"x 15' 
8" x 20' 
10" x 4' 
10" x 6' 
10" x10 ' 
10"x 15' 
10 "x 20' 
12" x 6' 
12"x10' 
12"x 15' 
16"x 6' 
16"x 10' 
16"x 20' 


Per Roll 
$ 1.20 

2.40 

3.60 

3.20 
4.80 

6.40 

1.60 

2.40 
4.00 
6.00 
8.00 
2.90 
4.80 

7.20 
3.85 

6.40 
12.80 


IMPORTANT.—Film for Cirkut Outfits No. 6 and No. 8 cannot be used in Cirkut Cameras, 
and film for Cirkut Cameras No. 10 and No. 16 cannot be used in Cirkut Outfits or Attachments. 
In ordering specify “for Cirkut Outfit” or “for Cirkut Camera.” 


Kodak Dry Mounting Tissue 

A thoroughly tested and approved product, by means of which prints 
may be mounted even on thin mounts without curl. Specially advantageous 
where prints are to be delivered in folders. See page 120. 


x 

254 

Package 

3 doz. 

Price 

per 

Package 
$ .10 

The i 

Price 

per 

Gross 

$ .25 

Price 

554 X 7 54 . 

Package 

. 1 doz. 

Price 

per 

Package 
$ .10 

Price 

per 

Gross 

$1.00 

254 x 

354 

3.doz. 

.10 

.25 

6x8 

1 doz. 

.15 

1.50 

254 x 

454 

3 doz. 

.10 

.30 

654 x 854 ■ 

1 doz. 

.15 

1.50 

2V&x 

4 y 8 

3 doz. 

.10 

.30 

7x9 

1 doz. 

.15 

1.50 

3/4 x 

354 

3 doz. 

.10 

.30 

754 x 954 . 

1 doz. 

.20 

1.90 

3/4 x 

454 

3 doz. 

.10 

.30 

7x11 

1 doz. 

.20 

1.90 

354 x 

554 

. 2 doz. 

.10 

.50 

8 x 10 

1 doz. 

.20 

1.90 

3 % x 

552 

. 2 doz. 

.10 

.50 

10 x 12 

. 1 doz. 

.30 

3.10 

4 x 

5 

. 2 doz. 

.10 

.50 

11 x 14 

1 doz. 

.40 

3.75 

4 x 

6 

1 doz. 

.10 

.75 

12 xl5 

1 doz. 

.45 

4.40 

4*4 x 

654 

1 doz. 

.10 

.75 

14 x 17 

. 1 doz. 

.55 

5.60 

5 x 

7 

1 doz. 

.10 

1.00 

16 x20 

. 1 doz. 

.75 

7.50 

5 x 

8 

1 doz. 

.10 

1.00 

17 x20 

. 1 doz. 

.80 

8.10 

3/ 2 x 

12 

. . 1 doz. 

.10 

1.00 

18 x22 

. 1 doz. 

.95 

9.40 

5 yards, 20 

inches wide, per 

roll 

. 




$ .80 























156 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Aristo Platino 

A pure collodion matte surface paper, yielding tones ranging from a 
beautiful sepia to a rich, velvety black. 


Size 



Dozen 

y 2 Gro. 

Gross 

Size y 2 Doz. 

Dozen 

y 2 Gro. 

Gross 

2/4 x 2/4 . 


2 doz. 

$ .30 

$ .70 

$ 1.20 

554 x 754. Paris Panel 

$ .45 

$2.30 

$4.00 

2/4 X 3/4 • 


2 doz. 

.30 

.70 

1.20 

6 x 8 . 

.50 

2.70 

4.80 

2/4 x 3/4 • 


2 doz. 

.30 

.70 

1.20 

654 x 854 . 

.55 

2.90 

5.10 

2/4 x 3H ■ 


2 doz. 

.30 

.70 

1.20 

7x9. 

.60 

3.30 

6.00 

3x4 


2 doz. 

.30 

.70 

1.20 

754 x 9'4 • 

.65 

3.75 

7.00 

2/4 x 4/4 • 


2 doz. 

.30 

.70 

1.25 

7x11 

.75 

4.20 

7.80 

3/4 x 3/4 . 


2 doz. 

.30 

.80 

1.50 

8 x 10 . 

.75 

4 20 

7.80 

3 /4 X 4 


2 doz. 

.30 

.80 

1.50 

9x11. 



10.10 

3/4 x 4/4 • 


2 doz. 

.30 

.80 

1.50 

10 x 12 

1.10 

6.30 

12.00 

4x5 



.20 

.90 

1.65 

11 x 14 . . $ .75 

1 45 

8.40 

15.60 

4x4 



.20 

.90 

1.65 

12 xl5 . .90 

1 65 

9.90 

18.60 

x 4 54 • 



.20 

.90 

1.65 

14 xl7 . 1.15 

2.20 

12.60 

24.00 

3/4 x 554, Cabinet 

.25 

1.10 

2.00 

16 x20 . 1.50 

2.90 

16.80 

32.40 

4x6 



.25 

1.10 

2.00 

17 x20 . 1.65 

3.20 

18.00 

34.80 

3/8x57/8 . 



.25 

1.10 

2 00 

18 x22 . 1.90 

3.60 

21.00 

40.80 

454x554 . 



.25 

1.10 

2.00 

20 x24 . . 2.20 

4.20 

24 60 

48.00 

454 x 654 



.30 

1.50 

2.60 

Cabinet Seconds 

. 


1.40 

4^4 x 654 



.30 

1.70 

2.90 

Cabinet Seconds, 100 sheet package 

1.00 

5x7 



.35 

1.95 

3.20 

Cabinet Thirds, 100 sheet package 

.60 

4 x 9, Cel 

5 x 754 

eron 

Panel 

.35 


3.30 

10 foot roll, 2454 inches wide 

. . 

2.25 



.40 

2.10 

3.50 

5 yard roll, 2454 inches wide 


3.25 

5x8 



.40 

2.10 

3.60 

10 yard roll, 24 54 inches wide 


6.00 


Roll Paper not furnished in widths or lengths other than shown. 


Commercial Aristo Platino 


A first quality pure collodion matte surface paper, identical in manipula¬ 
tion with the regular Aristo Platino. Made especially for commercial work. 


Size 1 Doz. 2 Doz. 

y 2 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

y 2 Doz. 

1 Doz. 

y 2 Gro. 

Gross 

254x254 . . $.25 

$ .55 

$ .95 

5x7. 


$ .30 

$1.55 

$2.55 

254 x 254 • • .25 

.55 

.95 

4 x 9, Celeron Panel 

.30 


2.65 

254 x 354 • • .25 

.55 

.95 

5 x 754 • 


.30 

1.70 

2.80 

254 x 354 • .25 

.55 

.95 

5x8. 


.30 

1.70 

2.90 

254 X 33/4 . . .25 

.55 

.95 

3 r 4 x 12 


.35 

1.90 


254 x 454 . . .25 

.55 

1.00 

5!4 x 7-/4, Paris 

Panel 

.35 

1.85 

3 20 

3 x 4 . . .25 

.55 

.95 

6 x 8 . 


.40 

2.15 

3.85 

354 x 354 • • .25 

.65 

1.20 

6/2 x 8*4 • 


.45 

2.30 

4.10 

354 x 454 • • .25 

.65 

1.20 

7x9. 


.50 

2.65 

4.80 

354 x 4 . . .25 

.65 

1.20 

7/4 x 9/4 • 


.50 

3.00 

5.60 

254 x 7 . . $ .15 

.70 


7x11 


.60 

3.35 

6.25 

4 x 4 . . .15 

.70 

1.30 

8 x 10 . 


.60 

3.35 

6.25 

354 x 5.54 . • .15 

.70 

1.30 

9x11 




8.10 

454 x454 • • .15 

.70 

1.30 

10 xl2 . 


.90 

5.05 

9.60 

354 x 6 . . .15 

.70 

1.30 

11 x 14 

$ .60 

1.15 

6.70 

12.50 

4 x 5 . . .15 

.70 

1.30 

12 xl5 

.70 

1.30 

7.90 

14.90 

354 x 554, Cabinet .20 

.90 

1.60 

14 x 17 

.90 

1.75 

10.10 

19.20 

354x554 . . .20 

.90 

1.60 

16 x 20 

1.20 

2.30 

13.45 

25.90 

+54 x 5 r 4 • • .20 

.90 

1.60 

17 x20 

1.30 

2.55 

14.40 

27.85 

4x6 . . .20 

* .90 

1.60 

18 x 2 2 

1.50 

2.90 

16.80 

32.65 

454 x 654 • . .25 

1.20 

2.10 

20 x 24 

1.75 

3.35 

19.70 

38.40 

444 x 654 • • .25 

1.35 

2.30 








ROLLS 





10 foot roll, 2454 inches wide 



. 




$1.80 

5 yard roll, 2454 inches wide 



.... 




2.60 

10 yard roll, 2454 inches wide 







4.80 


Roll Paper not furnished in widths or lengths other than shown. 

















Apparatus and Materials 


157 


Artura 



Artura needs no formal and detailed introduction to 
the profession in these pages. 

Artura is the developing paper for professional use 
that has made good. 

Artura has the right quality, the uniformity and the 
all-round dependability that makes it a welcome and 
permanent acquisition in all studios where quality of 
results is essential. 


Because of its latitude and uniformity, Artura is easy to handle—once 
you learn its manipulation, equally good future results are always assured. 
Artura is supplied in the following weights and surfaces: 


Iris 

Grade A—Regular weight stock, smooth semi-matte surface. 

Grade B—Double weight stock, smooth semi-matte surface. 

Grade C—Double weight stock, smooth absolute matte surface (no 
lustre). 

Grade D—Double weight stock, medium rough, absolute matte sur¬ 
face (no lustre). 

Grade E, Rough —Double weight Buff stock, medium rough, absolute 
matte surface (no lustre). 

Grade E, Smooth —Double weight Buff stock, smooth, absolute matte 
surface (no lustre). This grade is a lighter colored buff stock than Grade 
E, Rough. 

Grade E, Semi-Matte —A light Buff, double weight stock, with a 
slight sheen to the surface; the characteristic Artura softness and the grada¬ 
tion and the richness that go to make up the ideal paper for portrait work. 


Chloride 

Heavy Smooth —Double weight stock, smooth, absolute matte sur¬ 
face (no lustre). 

Medium Rough —Medium weight stock, light grain, absolute matte 
surface (no lustre). 








158 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Non-Curling 

This brand is made in one surface. 

Satin —Regular weight stock, smooth semi-matte surface. 

Satin is made in three grades of contrast—hard, medium and soft. 
Non-curling is also furnished on a heavy stock, and this grade is known as 

Extra Heavy —Double weight stock, semi-matte surface. 

This grade (Extra Heavy) is made in medium contrast only. 

Non-Curling Post Cards furnished. “Regular” and “Soft.” Same 
weight, surface and contrast as Extra Heavy. 

For portraiture the soft grades should always be used, as the full scale 
of gradation is necessary. By actual test, the soft grades of Artura have 
a longer scale of gradation, combined with richness and vigor, than any 
other developing paper. The hard and medium grades should be used 
when printing from negatives inclined to flatness. The hard grades should 
also be used for work that requires great contrast—such as copies of line 
drawings and maps. 


Carbon Green 

This brand is for green carbon effects, and is made in two surfaces: 
Matte —Regular weight stock, smooth surface (slight sheen or lustre). 
Extra Heavy —Double weight stock, smooth semi-matte surface. 
Carbon Green Post Cards furnished. Same weight and surface as 
Extra Heavy. 


Carbon Black 

Made in nine grades: 

Glossy —Regular weight stock, smooth glossy surface. 

Studio Special —Regular weight stock, smooth semi-matte surface. 

Matte —Regular weight stock, smooth surface (slight sheen or lustre). 

Rough Matte —Double weight stock, medium rough lustre surface. 

Extra Heavy —Double weight stock, smooth semi-matte surface. 

Grade D—Double weight stock, medium rough, absolute matte sur¬ 
face (no lustre). 

Buff—D ouble weight Buff stock, medium rough, lustre surface. 

Grade E Smooth —Double weight Buff stock, smooth, absolute matte 
surface (no lustre). 

Grade E Rough —Double weight Buff stock, medium rough, absolute 
matte surface (no lustre). 

Post Cards furnished. Same weight and surface as Extra Heavy. 




Apparatus and Materials 


159 


Artura Aegis 

Artura Aegis affords excellent prints in black and white, but is best 
adapted for the production of Sepia tones. 

The Sepia tones on Artura Aegis are remarkable for their brilliancy 
and uniformity- The manipulation is exceedingly simple and the warmth 
of tone is under full control of the operator. 

Artura Aegis is made in Double Weight, Smooth Matte surface; 
No. i—White Stock; No. 2 —Buff Stock. 

Sizes and prices the same as for Double Weight Artura Iris. 


Iris 

The Price 


Grade A 


Size 

Dozen 

Gro. 

Gross 

Cabinet 


$1.10 

$2.00 

4x5 


1.10 

2.00 

4x6 


1.10 

2.00 

4 ey 2 . 


1.65 

2.80 

4x8 

. $ .35 

1.90 

3.40 

5x7 

.35 

2.00 

3.50 

5x8 

.40 

2.25 

4.00 

6x8 

.50 

2.75 

5.00 

6J4 x 8 J4 

.60 

3.25 

6.00 

7x9 

.65 

3.75 

7.00 

7^x 9'/ 2 . 

.75 

4.25 

8.00 

7 x 11 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

8 x 10 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

9 'xll 

1.00 

5.75 

11.00 

10 x 12 

1.20 

7.00 

13.50 

11 x 14 

1.60 

9.25 

17.50 

12 xl5 

1.80 

10.85 

20.70 

14 x 17 

2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

16 x 20 

3.20 

18.50 

36.00 

17 x20 

3.40 

20.00 

39.00 

18 x22 

4.00 

23.50 

46.00 

20 x 24 

4.80 

28.00 

55.00 

10-foot rolls (20 in. wide), per 

roll 

$1.90 

10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), per 

roll . 

3.80 

10-yard rolls (20 

in. wide), per roll 

5.00 

10-yard rolls (40 

in. wide), per roll 

10.00 


Grades B, C, D and E, and 




Aegis 

No. 1 and No. 

. 2 


Size 




Dozen 

V-. i Gro. 

Gross 

Cabinet 





$1.40 

$2.50 

4 

x 5 





1.40 

2.50 

4 

x 6 





1.40 

2.50 

4J4 

x 6 y 2 





2.05 

3.50 

4 

x 8 




$ .45 

2.45 

4.30 

5 

x 7 




.45 

2.50 

4.40 

5 

x 8 




.50 

2.80 

5.00 

6 

x 8 




.65 

3.45 

6.25 

ey 2 

x 8 y 2 




.75 

4.05 

7.50 

6 

x 10 




.80 

4.60 

8.45 

7 

x 9 




.80 

4.70 

8.75 

7J4 

x 9y 




.90 

5.25 

10.00 

7 

X 11 




1.00 

5.95 

11.25 

8 

x 10 




1.00 

5.95 

11.25 

8 

x 12 




1.25 

7.20 

13.55 

9 

x 11 




1.25 

7.20 

13.75 

9 

x 14 




1.85 

9.65 

18.15 

10 

x 12 




1.50 

8.75 

16.90 

11 

x 14 




2.00 

11.55 

21.90 

12 

x 15 




2.25 

13.25 

25.90 

12 

x 17 




2.80 

15.20 

29.15 

14 

x 17 




3.00 

17.50 

33.75 

14 

x 18 




3.35 

18.45 

35.65 

16 

x 20 




4.00 

23.15 

45.00 

17 

x 20 




4.25 

24.85 

48.75 

18 

x 22 




5.00 

29.40 

57.50 

20 

x 24 




6.00 

35.00 

68.75 

10-foot rolls (20 

in. 

wide), per 

roll . 

$2.25 

10-foot rolls (40 

in. 

wide), per 

roll . 

4.50 


10-yard rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 5.85 
10-yard rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 11.70 












160 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Artura Chloride 


Size 


Dozen 

l / 2 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

Dozen 

J4 Gro. 

Gross 

Cabinet 



$1.25 

$2.25 

10 x 12 

. $1.35 

$ 7.75 

$15.00 

4 x 5 



1.25 

2.25 

11x14 

1.80 

10.20 

19.75 

4x6 



1.25 

2 25 

12 x 15 

. 2.00 

12.20 

23.25 

4H x 6 y 2 



1.70 

3.15 

12 x 17 

. 2.55 

13.50 

25.95 

5 x 7 


. $ .40 

2.20 

3.90 

14 x 17 

. 2.70 

15.50 

30.00 

5 x 8 


.45 

2.50 

4.50 

14 x 18 

3.05 

16.55 

32.10 

6 x8 


.60 

3.15 

5.65 

16 x 20 

3.60 

20.75 

40.50 

6)4 x 8 )4 


.70 

3.60 

6.75 

17 x20 

3.80 

22.50 

43.90 

6 x 10 


.75 

4.10 

7.65 

18 x22 

. 4.50 

26.75 

52.50 

7x9 


.75 

4.20 

7.90 

20x24 

5.40 

32.00 

62.50 

7)4 x 9)4 


.85 

5.10 

9.00 





7 x 11 


.90 

5.25 

10.00 

10 -foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 

$1.90 

8 x 10 


.90 

5.25 

10.00 

10 -foot 

rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 

3.80 

8 x 12 

• • 

1.15 

6.45 

12.35 

10 -vard 

rolls (20 in. wide), 

per roll 

5.60 

9 x 11 


1.15 

6.45 

12.50 

10 -yard 

rolls (40 in. wide), 

per roll 

11.20 

9 x 14 


1.70 

8.55 

16.40 






Artura Non-Curling 


Regular Weight Extra Heavy 


Size 






Dozen 

y 2 Gross 

Gross 

Dozen 

y 2 Gross 

Gross 

Cabinet 







$ 1.10 

$ 2.00 


$ 1.25 

$ 2.25 

4 x 5 







1.10 

2.00 


1.25 

2 25 

4x6 







1.10 

2.00 


1.25 

2 25 

4)4 x 6)4 







1.65 

2.80 


1.70 

3.15 

5 x 7 






. $ .35 

2.00 

3.50 

$ .40 

2.20 

3.90 

5 x 8 






.40 

2.25 

4.00 

.45 

2.50 

4.50 

6 x 8 






.50 

2.75 

5.00 

.60 

3.15 

5.65 

OO 

'vO 






.60 

3.25 

6.00 

.70 

3.60 

6.75 

7x9 






.65 

3.75 

7.00 

.75 

4.20 

7.90 

7)4 x 9)4 






.75 

4.25 

8.00 

.85 

5.10 

9.00 

7 x 11 






.80 

4.75 

9.00 

.90 

5.25 

10.00 

8 x 10 






.80 

4.75 

9.00 

.90 

5.25 

10.00 

9 x 11 






1.00 

5.75 

11.00 

1.15 

6.45 

12.50 

10 x 12 






1.20 

7.00 

13.50 

1.35 

7.75 

15.00 

11 x 14 






1 60 

9.25 

17.50 

1.80 

10.20 

19.75 

12 x 15 






1.80 

10.85 

20.70 

2.00 

12.20 

23.25 

14 x 17 






. 2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

2.70 

15.50 

30.00 

16 x 20 






3.20 

18.50 

36.00 

3.60 

20.75 

40.50 

17 x 20 






3.40 

20.00 

39.00 

3.80 

22.50 

43.90 

18 x 22 






. 4.00 

23.50 

46.00 

4.50 

26.75 

52.50 

20 x 24 






. 4.80 

28.00 

55.00 

5.40 

32.00 

62.50 

NOTE- 

—Special 

cut sizes 

at practically proportionate prices on 

orders of 

a dozen 

or more 


amounting to $1.00 list or more. Any width up to 40 inches other than listed is furnished in 
rolls not less than 10 yards long. 


REGULAR WEIGHT 


EXTRA HEAVY 


10-foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll . $1.65 

10-foot rolls (40 in. w’ide), per roll . 3.30 

10-yard rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 4.35 

10-yard rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 8 70 


10 -foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll . $1.90 

10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), per roll . 3.80 

10 -yard rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 5.60 
10-yard rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 11.20 



















Apparatus and Materials 


161 


Artura Carbon Green 


Size 







Matte 


Extra Heavy 






Dozen 

y 2 Gross 

Gross 

Dozen 

y 2 Gross 

Gross 

Cabinet 







$ 1.10 

$ 2.00 


$ 1.25 

$ 2.25 

4x5 







1.10 

2.00 


1.25 

2.25 

4x6 







1.10 

2.00 


1.25 

2.25 

4)4 x 6)4 







1.65 

2.80 


1.70 

3.15 

5 x 7 





$ .35 

2.00 

3.50 

$ .40 

2.20 

3.90 

5x8 





.40 

2.25 

4.00 

.45 

2.50 

4.50 

6 x8 





.50 

2.75 

5.00 

.60 

3.15 

5.65 

6)4 x 8)4 





.60 

3.25 

6.00 

.70 

3.60 

6.75 

7x9 





.65 

3.75 

7.00 

.75 

4.20 

7.90 

7)4x 9)4 





.75 

4.25 

8.00 

.85 

5.10 

9.00 

7 x 11 





.80 

4.75 

9.00 

.90 

5.25 

10.00 

8 x 10 





.80 

4.75 

9.00 

.90 

5.25 

10.00 

9 x 11 





1.00 

5.75 

11.00 

1.15 

6.45 

12.50 

10 x 12 





1.20 

7.00 

13.50 

1.35 

7.75 

15.00 

11 x 14 





1.60 

9.25 

17.50 

1.80 

10.20 

19.75 

12 x 15 





1.80 

10.85 

20.70 

2.00 

12.20 

23.25 

14 x 17 





2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

2.70 

15.50 

30.00 

16 x 20 





3.20 

18.50 

36.00 

3.60 

20.75 

40.50 

17 x 20 





3.40 

20.00 

39.00 

3.80 

22.50 

43.90 

18 x 22 





4.00 

23.50 

46.00 

4.50 

26.75 

52.50 

20 x 24 





4.80 

28.00 

55.00 

5.40 

32.00 

62.50 


MATTE 







EXTRA HEAVY 


10 -foot rolls (20 in. wide), 

per 

roll . 

$1.65 



10 -foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll . 

$1.90 

10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), 

per 

roll . 

3.30 



10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), per roll . 

3.80 

10 -yard rolls 

(20 in. wide), per roll 

4.35 



10 -yard rolls (20 

in. wide), 

per roll 

5.60 

10 -yard rolls 

(40 in. wide), per roll 

8.70 



10-yard rolls (40 

in. wide), 

per roll 

11.20 


Artura Carbon Black 


Size 

Cabinet 
4x5 
4x6 
4^x ey 2 
5 x 7 

5 x 8 

6 x 8 
6/4 x 8J4 

7 ,,x 9 
7 p2 x 9'A 

7 x 11 

8 x 10 

9 x 11 

10 x 12 

11 x 14 

12 x 15 
14 x 17 

16 x 20 

17 x 20 

18 x 22 
20 x 24 


REGULAR WEIGHT 

10 -foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll . 
10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), per roll . 
10 -yard rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 
10-yard rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 


Rough Matte, Extra Heavy 


Regular Weight 


and Buff 

Gross 

Dozen 

y 2 Gross 

Gross 

Dozen 

y 2 Gross 


$ .85 

$ 1.50 


$ 1.10 

$ 2.00 


.85 

1.50 


1.10 

2.00 


.85 

1.50 


1.10 

2.00 


1.20 

2.10 


1.65 

2.80 

$ .30 

1.50 

2.65 

$ .35 

2.00 

3.50 

.30 

1.75 

3.00 

.40 

2.25 

4.00 

.40 

2.10 

3.75 

.50 

2.75 

5.00 

.45 

2.50 

4.50 

.60 

3.25 

6.00 

.50 

2.85 

5.25 

.65 

3.75 

7.00 

.60 

3.25 

6.00 

.75 

4.25 

8.00 

.60 

3.60 

6.75 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

.60 

3.60 

6.75 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

.75 

4.35 

8.25 

1.00 

5.75 

11.00 

.90 

5.30 

10.15 

1.20 

7.00 

13.50 

1.20 

6.80 

13.15 

1.60 

9.25 

17.50 

1.35 

8.15 

15.15 

1.80 

10.85 

20.70 

1.80 

10.40 

20.25 

2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

3.20 

18.50 

36.00 

2.55 

15.00 

29.25 

3.40 

20.00 

39.00 

3.00 

18.00 

34.50 

4.00 

23.50 

46.00 

3.60 

21.50 

41.25 

4.80 

28.00 

55.00 


ROUGH MATTE, EXTRA HEAVY 
AND BUFF 

10 -foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll . $1.65 

10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), per roll . 3.30 

10 -yard rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 4.35 

10-yard rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 8.70 


$1.25 

2.50 

3.35 


NOTE—Special cut sizes at practically proportionate prices on orders of a dozen or more 
amounting to $1.00 list or more. Any width up to 40 inches other than listed is furnished in 
rolls not less than 10 yards in length. 





















162 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Velox Paper 

The various grades and surfaces of Velox cover per¬ 
fectly and completely the requirements of the average 
amateur negative. In addition, the pleasing tones and the 
possibilities for quick delivery have combined to make 
Velox the paper almost universally used by the professional 
or stock dealer doing amateur finishing. 

Velox is divided broadly into two kinds of paper, 
called “Regular” and “Special,” each division containing a 
variety of surfaces. 

“Regular” papers develop quickly and are best suited for negatives 
lacking contrast. “Special” papers develop slowly, and give soft effects 
from hard negatives. Use “Special” Velox for negatives producing good 
results on “Printing Out” paper (such as Solio), and “Regular” only 
with flat negatives. 

Velox Surfaces : In the “Regular” class, are Carbon (matte surface), 
Glossy, Glossy double weight, Velvet, Velvet double weight and Royal 
“Regular” Velvet Velox is semi-glossy and gives prints of exceptional 
beauty. This paper will give satisfactory results from very flat negatives. 

In the “Special” class, the surfaces are Carbon (matte surface), 
Portrait (smooth matte), Portrait double weight, Rough, Glossy, Glossy 
double weight, Velvet, Velvet double weight and Royal. 

“Special” Velvet Velox has a greater range than any of the other 
“Special” papers. 

Contrast Velox will secure the best possible results from extremely 
thin, or dense flat negatives. It produces a clear, brilliant print with the 
minimum flatness. 

Contrast Velox is supplied in Single and Double Weight Velvet, and 
in Single Weight Carbon only. 

Royal Velox is coated on a soft mellow tinted stock, which when re¬ 
developed affords all the soft delicacy of a rare old etching. Royal Velox 
is made in the two grades, “Regular” and “Special,” and one surface, 
just rough enough to produce the desired effect. 

Velox 

SINGLE WEIGHT 

Glossy (Regular and Special), Portrait (Special only), Carbon (Regular and Special), 
Rough (Special only), Velvet (Regular and Special), and Royal Velox (Regular and Special). 


Size 



Dozen 

y 2 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 


Dozen 

y 2 Gro. 

Gross 

154x2 54 



. $ .10 

$ .60 

$1.00 

354 x 354 


. $ .15 

$ .80 

$1.50 

254 x 254 



.10 

.60 

1.00 

3 x 4 


.12 

.70 

1.25 

254 x 254 



.10 

.60 

1.00 

3*4 x 4 


.15 

.80 

1.50 

2J4 x 354 



.10 

.60 

1.00 

4 x 4 


.15 

.80 

1.50 

214x3 y 2 



.10 

.60 

1.00 

354 x454 


.15 

.80 

1.50 

254 x 334 



.12 

.60 

1.00 

1 354x554 


.15 

.80 

1.50 

254x7 



.15 

.80 

1.50 

1 454x454 


.15 

.80 

1.50 

254x454 



.12 

.70 

1.25 

1 374 x 554, Cabinet . 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 
















Apparatus and Materials 


163 


VELOX SINGLE WEIGHT—Price Continued 


Size 

Dozen 

P 2 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 


Dozen 

Yi Gro. 

Gross 

3%x 57 / 8 

. $ .20 

$1.10 

$2.00 

8 x 10 


. $ .80 

$ 4.75 

$ 9.00 

3% x 6 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

9x11 


1.00 

5.75 

11.00 

33/4 x 6>4 

.25 

1.10 

2.00 

10 x 12 


1.20 

7.00 

13.50 

4 x 5 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

11 x 14 


1.60 

9.25 

17.50 

4J4 X 514 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

12 x 15 


1.80 

10.75 

20.50 

4x6 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

14 x 17 


2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

414 x 6^4 

.30 

1.65 

2.80 

16x20 


3.20 

18.50 

36.00 

4^4 x 6/ 2 

.35 

1.90 

3.25 

17x20 


3.40 

20.00 

39.00 

5 x 7 

.35 

2.00 

3.50 

18x22 


4.00 

23.50 

46.00 

5 x 7 / 2 

.40 

2.15 

3.75 

20x24 


4.80 

28.00 

55.00 

5x8 

.40 

2.25 

4.00 

22x27 


6.00 



3)4 x 12 

.45 

2.50 

4.50 

24 x 30 


7.20 



5/4 x 73/4, 

Paris Panel .45 

2.50 

4.50 

25x30 


7.50 



6 x 8 

.50 

2.75 

5.00 

24 x 36 


8.70 



6/2 x 8J4 

.60 

3.25 

6.00 

30 x40 


. 12.00 



7x9 

.65 

3.75 

7.00 

40 x 60 


. 24.00 



7 / 2 x 9/ 

.75 

4.25 

8.00 

40x72 


. 28.80 



7 x 11 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 






Special 

cut sizes at practically proportionate 

prices on 

orders of a dozen or 

more amounting 

to $1.00 list 

or more. 











ROLLS 





10 -foot roll 

(20 in. wide), per 

roll . 

$2.00 

10 -yard roll 

(20 in. wide), 

per roll 

$ 6.00 

10 -foot roll 

(40 in. wide), per 

roll 

4.00 

10 -vard 

roll 

(40 in. wide), 

per roll 

12.00 


Size 

25 Foot 
50 Foot 
100 Foot 


SINGLE WEIGHT—FOR PRINTS FROM CIRKUT 

5 Inch 6 Inch 6$4 Inch 

.$1.25 $1.50 $1.65 

. 2.50 3.00 3.30 

. 5.00 6.00 6.60 

DOUBLE WEIGHT 


NEGATIVES 
8 Inch 10 Inch 16 Inch 

$2.00 $ 2.50 $ 4.00 

4.00 5.00 8.00 

8.00 10.00 16.00 


Size 

2 / 2 x 

2J4 x 

2 % x 

2/4 x 
214 x 

2 Ux 

3p 2 x 

3 x 
3^4'x 
354 x 

4 x 

454 x 

354 x 


254 

354 

354 

33/4 

7 

454 

354 

4 

454 

554 

4 

454 

4 


354 x 12 


4 x 

354 x 
3%x 
454 x 

4 x 

+54 x 

43/4 X 

5 x 
5 x 
5 x 


5 

554, 

5% 

554 

6 

(>/ 

654 

7 

754 

8 


Cabinet 


made in 

the following grades: 

Special 

Velvet, Regul 

ar Glossy and Special 

Dozen 

Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

$ .15 

$ .75 

$1.25 

554 

x 7 3A 

.15 

.75 

1.25 

6 

x 8 

.15 

.75 

1.25 

6/2 

x %y 2 

.18 

.75 

1.25 

7 

x 9 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

IV 2 

X 9/2 

.18 

.90 

1.55 

8 

x 10 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

7 

x 11 

.18 

.90 

1.55 

9 

x 11 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

10 

x 12 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

11 

x 14 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

12 

x 15 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

14 

x 17 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

16 

x 20 

.55 

3.15 

5.65 

17 

x 20 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

18 

x 22 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

20 

x 24 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

22 

x 27 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

24 

x 30 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

25 

x 30 

.40 

2.05 

3.50 

24 

x 36 

.45 

2.40 

4 05 

30 

x 40 

.45 

2.50 

4.40 

40 

x 60 

.50 

2.70 

4.70 

40 

x 72 

.50 

2.80 

5.00 



practically proportionate 

prices 

on ord 


Dozen Gro. 

$ .55 $ 3.15 

.65 3.45 

.75 4.05 

.80 4.70 

.95 5.30 

1.00 5.95 

1.00 5.95 

1.25 7.20 

1.50 8.75 

2.00 11.55 

2.25 13.45 

3.00 17.50 

4.00 23.15 

4.25 25.00 

5.00 29.40 

6.00 35.00 

7.50 
9.00 
9.40 

10.90 

15.00 

30.00 

36.00 


Gross 

$ 5.65 
6.25 

7.50 
8.75 

10.00 
11 25 
11.25 

13.75 
16 90 
21.90 
25.65 

33.75 
45.00 

48.75 

57.50 

68.75 


to $1.00 list or more. 


in. 

in. 


10 -foot roll (20 
10-foot roll (40 

Any width up to 
length. 


ROLLS 

per roll . $2.50 10-yard roll 

per roll . 5.00 10-yard roll 

inches other than the above, furnished in 


wide), 
wide), 

40 


(20 in. wide), per 
(40 in. wide), per 

rolls not less than 


roll 

roll 


$ 7.50. 
15.00 


10 yards in 























164 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


VELOX (DOUBLE WEIGHT) FOR PRINTS FROM CIRKUT NEGATIVES 


Size 

25 Foot 
50 Foot 
100 Foot 


Size 

15/8x2/2 
lft x 2% 
24 x 34 

24x34 
24 x 4)4 

234 x 44 

34 x44 
34x44 
24x44 




5 Inch 

6 Inch 64 Inch 

8 Inch 

10 Inch 

16 Inch 



. $1.60 

$1.90 $2.10 

$ 2.50 

$ 3.15 

$ 5.00 



. 3.20 

3.80 4.20 

5.00 

6.30 

10.00 

• 

. 

. 6.40 

7.60 8.40 

10.00 

12.60 

20.00 


500 

SHEET 

PACKAGES 





S. W. 

D. W. 

Size 


S. W. 

D. W. 


. $2.80 

$3.50 

44 x 44 . 


. $4.20 

$5.30 


. 2.80 

3.50 

34x54 ■ 


. 4.20 

5.30 


. 2.80 

3.50 

34x54 . 


. 4.20 

5.30 


. 2.80 

3.50 

4x5 


. 5.60 

7.00 


. 3.50 

4.35 

44 X 54 • 


. 5.60 

7.00 


. 3.50 

4.35 

44 x 54 • 


. 5.60 

7.00 


. 4.20 

5.30 

4 x 6 . . 


. 5.60 

7.00 


. 4.20 

5.30 

44x6 4 • 


. 7.85 

9.80 


. 4.20 

5.30 

5 x 7 . . 

. 

. 9.80 

12.35 


Other sizes, smaller than 5 x 7, in proportion. 
















Apparatus and Materials 


165 


Azo 

Azo is a quick printing paper of the development class, having a quality 
that is not equaled by any other paper at anywhere near its price. 

Azo papers are furnished in following surfaces and contrasts: 

Soft —For negatives of extreme contrast. 

Hard —For negatives of average contrast. 

Hard Medium —For negatives requiring less contrast than Hard X, 
but more than Hard. 

Hard X—For use with negatives lacking contrast. 

A (Carbon)—Single and Double Weights—Soft, Hard and Hard X. 
AA (Carbon)—Double Weight—Hard. 

B (Rough)—Single and Double Weights—Soft and Hard. 

C (Glossy)—Single Weight—Soft, Hard, Hard Medium and Hard X. 
Single Weight Azo C, is pense. 

D (Semi-Gloss)—Single and Double Weights—Soft and Hard. 

E (Semi-Matte)—Single and Double Weights—Hard, Hard Medium 
and Hard X. 

Soft —In Double Weight only. 

F (Glossy)—Single and Double Weights—Soft, Hard and Hard X. 
Hard Medium in Single Weight only. 

G (Matte)—Single Weight only—Hard and Hard X. 

H (Buff—Smooth)—Double Weight in Hard only. 

H (Rough—Special Buff)—Double Weight only. 

K (Semi-Gloss)—Hard Medium. Single and Double Weights. Hard 


X, Single 

Weight. 

*i 

2 

A 

SINGLE 1 

zo 

WEIGHT 

*1 

t X 

Gross 

Size 

Doz. 

Doz. 

Gross Gross 

Size 

Doz. 

Gross 

2% X 2J4 • 


$ .15 

$ .75 

5 

x 7 . 

$ .20 

$ .95 

$ 1.75 

2J4 x 3J4 


.15 

.75 

5 

x 8 . 

.25 

1.10 

2.00 

2 i Ax iy 2 . 


.15 

.75 

5J4 

x 7^4, Paris Panel 

.25 

1.10 

2.00 

2%x 7 


.25 

1.00 

6 

x 8 . 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

2y 2 x 4J4 . 


.20 

.90 

6y 2 x sy 2 . 

.30 

1.55 

2.75 

3 x 3 54 . 


.20 

.90 

7 

x 9 . 

.35 

1.65 

3.00 

3x4 


.20 

.90 

7Y2 

x 9J4 . 

.40 

1.95 

3.50 

314x12 

! $ .25 


$1.10 2.00 

7 

x 11 

.40 

2.20 

4.00 

354 x aA ■ 

.20 

.90 

8 

x 10 

.40 

2.20 

4 00 

zy A x sy 2 . 


.25 

1.00 

9 

X 11 

.50 

2.90 

5.25 

Z%x 6 


.25 

1.00 

10 

X 12 . 

.60 

3.60 

6.50 

4 x 5 


.25 

1.00 

11 

x 14 . 

.80 

4.40 

8.00 

3$i x 6J4 . 

! .15 


1.00 

14 

x 17 

1.20 

6.60 

12.00 

37/i x 5 y 2 , 

Cab. .15 


1.00 

16 

x 20 . 

1.60 

9.10 

16.50 

t>V% x 5]/$ . 

.15 


1.00 

18 

x 22 . 

2.00 

11.55 

21 00 

4 x 6 

4J4 x <>!4 . 

*Not fui 
fNot fui 

.15 1.00 

.15 1-35 

rnished in dozens in sizes 4x5 anc 
-nished in J4 gross in sizes smallei 

20 x 24 

I smaller, 
r than 5x7. 

2.40 

13.75 

25.00 


Special cut sizes at practically proportionate prices on orders of a dozen or more amounting 
to $1.00 list or more. 










166 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


ROLLS—SINGLE WEIGHT AZO, ALL GRADES 

10 -foot roll, 20 inches wide.. 

10-foot roll, 40 inches wide.. 

10 -yard roll, 20 inches wide ......... 

10-yard roll, 40 inches wide ......... 


$ .80 
1.60 
2.40 
4.80 


Any width up to 40 inches, other than the above, furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards 
in length. 

Stereo Die Cut—2 dozen, 25 cents; gross, $1.10. Furnished in grades C and F. 


ROLLS FOR CIRKUT CAMERA PRINTS 


Size 

5 Inch 

6 Inch 

6 l /i Inch 

8 Inch 

10 Inch 

16 Inch 

25 Foot 

. $ .50 

$ .60 

$ .65 

$ .75 

$ .95 

$1.50 

50 Foot 

. 1.00 

1.20 

1.30 

1.50 

1.90 

3.00 

100 Foot 

. 2.00 

2.40 

2.60 

3.00 

3.80 

6.00 


DOUBLE WEIGHT 




*1 

2 

154 





*1 

t y 2 


Size 


Doz. 

Doz. 

Gross 

Gross 

Size 


Doz. 

Gross 

Gross 

214 X 

2J4 • 


$ .20 


$ .95 

514 

x 73/4 . 


. $ .35 

$ 1.40 

$ 2.50 

214 X 

314 . 


.20 


.95 

6 

x 8 


.35 

1.75 

3.15 

214 x 

3^4 . 


.20 


.95 

614 

x 8 / ■ 


.40 

1.95 

3.45 

2^4 x 

7 


.35 


1.25 

6 

x 10 


.45 

2.10 

3.70 

2 54 X 

. 


.25 


1.15 

7 

x 9 


.45 

2.10 

3.75 

3 y 2 x 

3^4 . 


.25 


1.15 

7 1 / 

x 9/ . 


.50 

2.45 

4.40 

3 x 

4 


.25 


1.15 

7 

X 11 


.50 

2.75 

5.00 

3 y 2 x 

12 

$ .35 



2.50 

8 

x 10 


.50 

2.75 

5.00 

314 x 

4 14 . 


.25 


1.15 

8 

X 12 


.65 

3.65 

6.60 

314 X 

5^4 . 


.35 


1.25 

9 

x 11 


.65 

3.65 

6.60 

314 x 

6 


.35 


1.25 

9 

x 14 


1.00 

4.70 

8.40 

4 x 

5 


.35 


1.25 

10 

x 12 . 


.75 

4.50 

8.15 

3H x 

614 . 

.20 



1.25 

11 

x 14 


. 1.00 

5.50 

10.00 

3 Vs X 

514, Cab. 

.20 



1.25 

12 

x 17 


. 1.50 

7.30 

13.10 

3%x 

. 57/8 ■ 

.20 



1.25 

14 

x 17 


. 1.50 

8.25 

15.00 

4 x 

6 

.20 



1.25 

14 

x 18 


1.80 

9.20 

16.50 

414 x 

614 . 

.20 



1.70 

16 

x 20 


. 2.00 

11.40 

20.65 

5 x 

7 

.25 


$ 1.20 

2.20 

18 

x 22 


. 2.50 

14.45 

26.25 

5 x 

8 

.35 


1.40 

2.50 

20 

x 24 


. 3.00 

17.20 

31.25 

*Not furnished in dozens in 

sizes 

4x5 and 

smaller. 






+Not furnished in }/ gross in sizes smaller than 5x7. 


Special cut sizes at practically proportionate prices on orders of a dozen or more amounting 
to $ 1.00 list or more. 


ROLLS—DOUBLE WEIGHT 


10 -foot roll, 20 inches wide 
10-foot roll, 40 inches wide 
10 -yard roll, 20 inches wide 
10-yard roll, 40 inches wide 


$ 1.00 

2.00 

3.00 

6.00 


Any width up to 40 inches, other than the above, furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards 
in length. 


ROLLS FOR CIRKUT CAMERA PRINTS 


Size 

5 Inch 

6 Inch 

6 l /i Inch 

8 Inch 

10 Inch 

16 Inch 

25 Foot 

. $ .65 

$ .75 

$ .80 

$ .90 

$1.15 

$1 80 

50 Foot 

1.30 

1.50 

1.60 

1.80 

2.30 

3.60 

100 Foot 

. 2.60 

3.00 

3.20 

3.60 

4.60 

7.20 












Apparatus and Materials 


167 


Solio 

A glossy surface, printing-out paper, unequalled for all classes of 
work where fine detail is necessary. 


The Price 


Size 


Dozen 

Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

yi Doz. 

Dozen 

I /2 Gro. 

Gross 

234 x234 

. . 2 doz. 

$ .20 

$ .60 

$ .90 

5 x 7 


$ .30 

$ 1.60 

$ 2.65 

2/ 2 x2/ 2 

. 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

.90 

5 x 734 


.30 

1.70 

2.90 

234 x3 J4 

. . 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

.90 

5 x 8 


.30 

1.75 

3.00 

234 x 334 

. 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

.90 

534 x 7V 4 , Pa 

ris Panel 

.35 

1.90 

3.25 

2/4 x 33/4 

. . 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

.90 

334 x 12 


.35 

2.00 

3.50 

2/4 x 7 

. . 2 doz. 

.25 

.70 

1.25 

6 x 8 


.40 

2.25 

4.00 

234 x 414 

. 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

.90 

634 x 834 


.45 

2.40 

4.25 

31/4 x 314 

. . 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

1.15 

7x9 


.50 

2.75 

5.00 

3 x 4 

. 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

1.00 

734 x 934 


.55 

3.25 

6.00 

334 x4 

. 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

1.15 

8 x 10 


.60 

3.50 

6.50 

4 x 4 

. 2 doz. 

.25 

.70 

1.25 

9 x 11 


.75 

4.25 

8.00 

3/4 x 4J4 

. . 2 doz. 

.20 

.60 

1.15 

10 x 12 


.90 

5.25 

10.00 

3.t4 x 534 

. . 2 doz. 

- .25 

.70 

1.25 

11 x 14 

. $ .65 

1.20 

7.00 

13.00 

4/4 X 4 J4 

. . 2 doz. 

.25 

.70 

1.25 

12 x 15 

.75 

1.35 

8.25 

15.50 

334 x 6 

. . 2 doz. 

.25 

.70 

1.25 

14 x 17 

.95 

1.80 

10.50 

20.00 

4 x 5 

. 2 doz. 

.25 

.70 

1.25 

16 x 20 

. 1.25 

2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

324x634 

. 

.20 

.75 

1.35 

17 x 20 

. 1.35 

2.60 

15.00 

29.00 

324x524, 

Cabinet 

.20 

.75 

1.35 

18 x 22 

1.60 

3.00 

17.50 

34.00 

324x524 

, 

.20 

.75 

1.35 

20 x 24 

1.85 

3.50 

20.50 

40.00 

434 X 524 


.20 

.75 

1.35 

Cabinet Seconds 

• 

• 

1.10 

4 x 6 


.20 

.75 

1.35 

4x5 Seconds 

Trimmed 

. 

1.00 

434 x 634 

. . 

.25 

1.25 

2.10 

Cabinet Seconds, 100 sheet package . 

.80 

424x634 

. 

.25 

1.40 

2.40 







Special cut sizes at practically proportionate prices on orders of a dozen or more amounting 
to $1.00 list or more. 


ROLLS 

10-foot roll, 20 inches wide . . $1.25 10-yard roll, 20 inches wide . . $3.75 

10-foot roll, 40 inches wide . . 2.50 10-yard roll, 40 inches wide . . 7.50' 

Any width up to 40 inches, other than the above, furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards, 
in length. 







168 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Kresko 


Kresko is a glossy printing-out paper,.good in quality though low in 
price. Popular paper where price is a consideration. 


The Price 


Size Gross 

2%x2% .$ -75 

254x3*4.75 

2*4x454.90 

3*4x354.90 

3x4 90 

354 x 454.90 

254x7 1.00 

3 * 4 x 554 .i.oo 

3^x6 1.00 

4x5 1.00 

3% x 5J4, Cabinet .... 1.00 

3%x5j4, Cabinet Seconds . . .80 

3^x5^.1.00 

4x6 1.00 

454x654.1.35 


*Not furnished in dozens or y 2 gross in 


Dozen Gro. Gross 
$ .20 $ .95 $ 1.75 

2.00 

.25 1.10 2.00 

.25 1.10 2.00 

.25 1.40 2.50 

.30 1.55 2.75 

.35 1.65 3.00 

.40 1.95 3.50 

2.20 4 00 

2.90 5.25 

.60 3.60 6.50 

.80 4.40 8.00 

1.20 6.60 12.00 

1.60 9.10 16.50 

2.00 11.55 21.00 

2.40 13.75 25.00 


sizes smaller than 5x7. 


Size 

5 x 7 
354x12 

5 x 8 
554 x 7A, Paris 

6 x 8 
6>4x 854 
7x9 
754 x 954 
8 x 10 

x 11 
x 12 
x 14 
x 17 
x 20 
x 22 
x 24 


Panel 


.40 

.50 


ROLLS 

10-foot roll, 20 inches wide . . $ .80 I 10-yard roll, 20 inches wide . . $2.40 

10-foot roll, 40 inches wide . . 1.60 | 10-yard roll, 40 inches wide . . 4.80 

Any width up to 40 inches, other than the above, furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards 
in length. 


Photonote 

The Photonote is not a post card, but is intended to be enclosed in an 
envelope. It is 334 x 5/4 inches and one whole side may be used for the 
message. 

The Photonote is furnished on Grade E Double Weight Azo Stock, in 
Hard, Hard Medium and Hard X, and is packed in two dozen, half-gross, 
gross, 500 and 5,000 packages. 

Supplied in three styles: No. 1 is plain, without imprinting. No. 2 with 
one imprint placed on the right end. No. 3 is like No. 2 , but in addition 
the imprint of customer may be placed in upper right hand corner. All 
imprints must be in the positions given and of one style type. 

Be sure to order Photonotes by number and if Nos. 2 or 3 are ordered 
the imprints plainly printed or typewritten should accompany the order. 

No order will be accepted for less than 1,000 when special printing is 
desired. When ordered in lots of not less than 5,000 and not more than 
two degrees of contrast, printing will be free of charge. In packages of 
500 , the cost of imprinting will be $ 1.50 net for the first 1,000 and subse¬ 
quent lots at 50 cents net per thousand. 

Prices the same as on Azo Post Cards. 















Apparatus and Materials 


169 


Eastman’s Permanent Bromide Paper 

Velvet—Suited to negatives having broad shadows, especially adapted 
to enlarging from landscape negatives. 

Brilliant Velvet—Semi-gloss surface, coated with a special emulsion 
suitable for enlarging from negatives that lack contrast. 

Standard—A natural surface paper, adapted to all kinds of enlarge¬ 
ments, and particularly copies on which crayon work is to be done. Five 
weights: A—Thin Smooth; B—Heavy Smooth; C—Heavy Rough; B. B.— 
Heavy Smooth, Double Weight; C. C.—Heavy Rough, Double Weight. 

Use A for small enlargements, B for large enlargements, C for large 
work which is to be finished in crayon, pastel, India ink, water colors or oil. 

Platino—Results so like platinum that the difference is difficult to detect. 
Two weights: A—Thin Smooth; C—Heavy Rough. Use A for small 
enlargements. Use C for large work. 

Matte Enamel—A smooth, velvety matte surface, tinted just enough 
to lend warmth to high lights and half tones. Medium weight only. 

Enameled—A glossy surface paper, affording enlargements closely 
resembling contact prints. Medium weight only. 

Royal—Coated on a delicate cream stock. Smooth and Rough. 


The 

Double Weight 
Standard B. B. & 
Single Weight C. C. Only 

Size Doz. Yt Gro. Gross Doz. J4 Gro. Gross 

2^x2^ $ .10 $ .60 $1.00 $ .15 $ .75 $1.25 


254 

x 354 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

.15 

.75 

1.25 

254 

X 354 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

.15 

.75 

1.25 

254 

x 354 

.12 

.60 

1.00 

.18 

.75 

1.25 

254 

X454 

.12 

.70 

1.25 

.18 

.90 

1.55 

3 

x 4 

.12 

.70 

1.25 

.18 

.90 

1.55 

354 

x 354 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

354 

x454 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

354 

x 554 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

4 

x 4 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

454' 

x454 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1.90 

354 

x 4 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1 90 

254 

x 7 

.15 

.80 

1.50 

.20 

1.00 

1 90 

4 

x 5 

.20 

1 10 

2.00 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

354 

x 554 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

354 

X 554 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

454 

X 554 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

.25 

1 40 

2.50 

4 

x 6 

.20 

1.10 

2.00 

.25 

1.40 

2.50 

454 

X 654 

.30 

1.65 

2.80 

.40 

2.05 

3.50 

454 

x 654 

.35 

1 90 

3.25 

.45 

2.40 

4 05 

5 

X 7 

.35 

2.00 

3.50 

.45 

2.50 

4.40 

5 

x754 

.40 

2.15 

3.75 

.50 

2.70 

4.70 

5 

x 8 

.40 

2.25 

4.00 

.50 

2 80 

5.00 

354 

x 12 

.45 

2.50 

4.50 

.55 

3.15 

5.65 


Special cut sizes at practically proportionate 


ROLLS—SINGLE WEIGHT 


10-foot roll, 20 inches wide . . $ 2.00 

10-foot roll, 40 inches wide . . 4.00 

10-yard roll, 20 inches wide . . 6.00 

10-yard roll, 40 inches wide . . 12.00 


Any width up to 40 inches, other than the 
in length. 


rice 

Double Weight 








Standard B. 

B. & 




Single Weight 

C. 

C. Only 

Size 

Doz. 

■4 Gro. 

Gross 

Doz. ; 

Vi Gro. 

Gross 

5H 

X 

7H 

$ .45 

$2.50 

$4.50 

$ .55 

$3.15 

$5.65 

6 

X 

8 

.50 

2 75 

5.00 

.65 

3.45 

6 25 

ey 2 

X 

8J4 

.60 

3.25 

6.00 

.75 

4.05 

7.50 

7 

X 

9 

.65 

3.75 

7.00 

.80 

4.70 

8.75 

7J4 

X 

914 

.75 

4.25 

8.00 

.95 

5 30 

10 00 

7 

X 

11 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

1.00 

5.95 

11.25 

8 

X 

10 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

1.00 

5.95 

11.25 

9 

X 

11 

1.00 

5 75 

11.00 

1.25 

7.20 

13.75 

10 

X 

12 

1.20 

7.00 

13.50 

1.50 

8.75 

16 90 

11 

X 

14 

1.60 

9.25 

17.50 

2.00 

11.55 

21.90 

12 

X 

15 

1.80 

10.75 

20.50 

2.25 

13 45 

25.65 

14 

X 

17 

2.40 

14.00 

27.00 

3.00 

17.50 

33.75 

16 

X 

20 

3.20 

18.50 

36.00 

4.00 

23.15 

45 00 

17 

X 

20 

3 40 

20 00 

39.00 

4.25 

25.00 

48 75 

18 

X 

22 

4.00 

23.50 

46.00 

5.00 

29.40 

57.50 

20 

X 

24 

4 80 

28.00 

55.00 

6.00 

35.00 

68.75 

22 

X 

27 

6.00 



7.50 



24 

X 

30 

7.20 



9.00 



25 

X 

30 

7.50 



9.40 



24 

X 

36 

8.70 



10.90 



30 

X 

40 

12.00 



15 00 



40 

X 

60 

24.00 



30.00 



40 

X 

72 

28.80 



36.00 




prices on orders amounting to $1.00 list or more. 
ROLLS—DOUBLE WEIGHT 


10-foot roll, 20 inches wide . . $ 2.50 

10-foot roll, 40 inches wide . . 5.00 

10-yard roll, 20 inches wide . . 7.50' 

10-yard roll, 40 inches wide . . 15.00 


:, furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards 






170 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


P. M. C. Bromide Papers 

No. i—Thin, smooth paper, suitable for small contact prints. No. 
2—Heavy, smooth; practically the same as No. i, only heavier paper; 
more suitable for large prints, and No. 2 Hard. No. 3—Heavy, rough 
paper for crayon or air-brush work, and No. 3 Hard. No. 4—Glossy 
paper, intended for negatives where prints are not to be worked. No. 
5—Matte-surface, suitable for enlarging, contact, crayon or air-brush 
work. No. 6—Smooth, double weight. No. 7—Rough, double weight. 
No. 8—Smooth surface, Buff stock, double weight, and No. 8 Hard. 


Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. 


Size 

Dozen 

J4 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

Dozen 

}4 Gro. 

Gross 

2)4 x2)4 

. $ .10 

$ .60 

$1.00 

5 x 7/2 • 

$ .30 

$ 1.50 

$ 2.50 

2y 2 xvA 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

5x8. 

.30 

1.60 

2.70 

3 J4 x 3)4 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

3)4 x 12 

.30 

1.70 

2.90 

3x4 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

5/4 x 734, Paris Panel 

.30 

1.75 

3.00 

3)4 x 4 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

6x8. 

.35 

2.00 

3.50 

4x4 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

ey 2 x % y 2 . 

.40 

2.25 

4.00 

3)4 x 4)4 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

7x9. 

.45 

2.50 

4.50 

314x5)4 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

714 X 914 • 

.50 

2.90 

5.25 

414x414 

.10 

.60 

1.00 

8 x 10 

.55 

3.25 

6.00 

3 A x 6' 

.20 

.75 

1.40 

10 x12 . 

.80 

4.75 

9.00 

3% x 5)4, Cabinet . . .20 

.75 

1.40 

11 xl4 . 

1.05 

6.25 

11.50 

3?4 x 5^ 

.20 

.75 

1.40 

12 xl5 . 

1.20 

7.25 

13.50 

4x5 

.20 

.75 

1.40 

14 x 17 

1.60 

9.50 

18.00 

454 x 514 

.20 

.75 

1.40 

16 x20 

2.20 

12.50 

24.00 

4x6 

.20 

.75 

1.40 

17 x20 

2.30 

13.25 

25.50 

4)4 x 6)4 

.20 

1.20 

1.90 

18 x22 

2.70 

16.00 

31.00 

434 x (>y 2 

.25 

1.30 

2.10 

20 x 24 

3.20 

19.00 

37.00 

5x7 

.25 

1.45 

2.40 





Special cut 

sizes furnished 

at practically proportionate prices on orders amounting to 

$1.00 

list or more. 

P. M. C. 

Bromid 

e Paper 

in Rolls (Single Weight). 




10-foot roll, 20 

inches wide 

. 

$1.35 

10-yard roll, 20 inches 

wide 

. 

$4.00 

10-foot roll, 40 

inches wide 

. 

2.70 

10-yard roll, 40 inches 

wide 


8.00 


Any width up to 40 inches other than above furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards in length. 


DOUBLE WEIGHT 




Double Weight 

is Furnished in 

Three 

Grades, Nos. 6, 7 

and 8 



Size 


Dozen 

54 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

Dozen 

J4 Gro. 

Gross 

2)4 x 2)4 


. $ .15 

$ .75 

$1.25 

5 

x 7)4 • 

$ .40 

$ 1.90 

$ 3.15 

2)4 X 4)4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

5 

x 8 

.40 

2.00 

3.40 

3)4 X 3)4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

3)4x12 . 

.40 

2.15 

3.65 

3 x 4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

5)4 

x 7)4, Paris Pane 

1 .40 

2.20 

3.75 

3)4x4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

6 

x 8 

.45 

2.50 

4.40 

4 x 4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

6)4 

x 8)4 • 

.50 

2.85 

5.00 

3)4x414 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

7 

x 9 

.60 

3.15 

5.65 

3)4 X 5)4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

7)4 

x 9)4 . 

.65 

3.65 

6.60 

4)4 x 4)4 


.15 

.75 

1.25 

8 

x 10 

.70 

4.10 

7.50 

3)4 x 6 


.25 

.95 

1.75 

10 

x 12 

1.00 

5.95 

11.25 

3y% x 5)4, Cabinet . . .25 

.95 

1.75 

11 

x 14 

1.35 

7.85 

1440 

3% x 5^8 


.25 

.95 

1.75 

12 

x 15 

1.50 

9.10 

16.90 

4 x 5 


.25 

.95 

1.75 

14 

x 17 

2.00 

11.90 

22.50 

4)4 x 5)4 


.25 

.95 

1.75 

16 

x 20 

2.75 

15.65 

30.00 

4 x 6 


.25 

.95 

1.75 

17 

x 20 

2.90 

16.60 

31.90 

4)4 x 6)4 


.25 

1.50 

2.40 

18 

x 22 

3.40 

20.00 

38.75 

4)4 x 6)4 


.35 

1.65 

2.65 

20 

x 24 

4.00 

23.75 

46.25 

5 x 7 


.35 

1.85 

3.00 






Special cut 

sizes at practically proportionate prices on orders amounting to $1.00 list or 

more. 




ROLLS 

—DOUBLE WEIGHT 




10-foot roll, 

20 

inches wide 

, . 

$1.70 

10-y 

ard roll, 20 inches 

wide 


$ 5.00 

10-foot roll, 

40 

inches wide 


3.40 

10-yard roll, 40 inches wide 

. , 

10.00 


Any width up to 40 inches other than above furnished in rolls not less than 10 yards in length. 




















Apparatus and Materials 


171 


Eastman Bromide Fabric No. 1 

(Fine Texture) 

Eastman Bromide Fabric has a fabric base, on which is coated a 
Bromide emulsion working in every way like a Bromide paper. The fabric 
is of a fine quality and as free from imperfections in weaving as is possible 
to obtain. It has approximately the same body and weight as a paper and 
should not be confused with the flimsy sensitized photographic cloth which 
is not coated with an emulsion. An ideal medium for the photographic 
records of progressive work kept by architects, engineers and contractors 
and for salesmen carrying photographs. 


The Price 


Size 

Dozen 

54 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 



Dozen 

54 Gro. 

Gross 

5x7 . 

$ .45 

$2.30 

$3.75 

10 X 12 



. $1.25 

$ 7.45 

$14.05 

5x8 . 

.50 

2.50 

4.25 

11 x 14 



. 1.70 

9.80 

18.00 

3/4 x 12 

.50 

2.70 

4.55 

12x 15 



. 1.90 

11.40 

21.15 

6x8 

.55 

3.15 

5.50 

14x17 



. 2.50 

14.90 

28.15 

6y 2 x $y 2 

.65 

3.55 

6.25 

16x20 



3.45 

19.55 

37.50 

7x9 

.75 

3.95 

7.05 

17x20 



. 3.65 

20.75 

39.90 

7%x 9 y 

.80 

4.55 

8.25 

18 x22 



. 4.25 

25.00 

48.45 

8 x 10 

.90 

5.15 

9.40 

20x24 



. 5.00 

29.70 

57.80 

10-foot rolls, 34 inches 1 

wide 








3.65 

10-yard rolls, 34 inches 

wide 








10.65 


News Bromide 

News Bromide is intended for newspaper use where quick results are re¬ 
quired. Works with a snap and produces contrasty, brilliant prints especially 
suited for making the best quality of half-tones for newspaper work. 

Though not limited in its scope, News Bromide is particularly suited to 
this class of work, and is made only in single weight with a glossy surface. 


The Price • 


Size 

5x7 

6y 2 x %y 2 

8 x 10 

10 x 12 

11 x 14 


Dozen 

}4 Gro. 

Gross 

Size 

Dozen 

J4 Gro. 

Gross 

$ .20 

$ .95 

$1.75 

14x17 

. $1.20 

$ 6.60 

$12.00 

.30 

1.55 

2.75 

16x20 

. 1.60 

9.10 

16.50 

.40 

2.20 

4.00 

18x22 

. 2.00 

11.55 

21.00 

.60 

3.60 

6.50 

20 x 24 

. 2.40 

13.75 

25.00 

.80 

4.40 

8.00 























172 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Post Cards 

All Post Cards are coated on double weight stock, cut approximately 
3/4 x 5^2 inches, and printed on one side to conform with the latest postal 
regulations. 

Artura 

Non-Curling, Soft and Medium, Carbon Black, Carbon Green, smooth, 
semi-matte surface. 

Artura Post Cards, gross . . . $2.00 | Artura Post Cards, box of 500 cards $5.00 

Velox 

Velvet (Special and Regular) ; Portrait (Special) ; Royal (Special and 
Regular), and Glossy (Special and Regular). 

Velox Post Cards, dozen . . . $ .20 I Velox Post Cards, gross . . . $2.00 

Velox Post Cards, half gross . . 1.10 | Velox Post Cards, 500 . . . 5.25 


Azo 


A (Carbon), Soft, Hard and Hard X; A. A. Hard; D (Semi-Gloss, 
Pense), Soft and Hard; E (Semi-Matte), Soft, Hard, Hard Medium and 
Hard X; F (Glossy), Soft, Hard and Hard X; K (Semi-Gloss), Hard 
Medium. 


Azo Post Cards, dozen . . . $ .15 

Azo Post Cards, two dozen . . .35 

Azo Post Cards, half gross . . .75 


Azo Post Cards, gross . . . $ 1 35 

Azo Post Cards, 500 . . . 3.50 

Azo Post Cards, 5000 case . . 26.25 


Solio 

Solio Post Cards are coated with the regular Solio emulsion. 

Solio Post Cards, dozen . . . $ .15 Solio Post Cards, gross . . . $1.35 

Solio Post Cards, two dozen . . .25 Solio Post Cards, 500 . . . 3.50 

Solio Post Cards, half gross . . .75 


Velox, Kodak Velvet Green, Azo and Solio, Double 

The Double Post Card is just twice the length of the ordinary card, 
measuring 3 ^ x 11 inches. Packed flat. 


Velox and Kodak Velvet Green, dozen . $ .40 Azo and Solio, dozen . . . $ .30 

Velox and Kodak Velvet Green, gro. 2 20 Azo and Solio, half gross . . . 1.50 

Velox and Kodak Velvet Green, gross . 4 00 Azo and Solio, gross .... 2.70 

Velox and Kodak Velvet Green, 500 . 10.50 Azo and Solio, 500 .... 7.00 


P. M. ( 

For use where speedy delivery is 
Gloss and Glossy. 

P. M. C. Bromide Post Cards, dozen . $ .15 
P. M. C. Bromide Post Cards, two dozen .25 
P. M. C. Bromide Post Cards, half gross .75 


Bromide 

essential. Three grades: Matte, Semi- 


P. M. C. Bromide Post Cards, gross . $ 1.35 
P. M. C. Bromide Post Cards, 500 . 3.50 
P. M. C. Bromide Post Cards, 5000 case 26.25 







Apparatus and Materials 173 


Backing Papers 

Backing papers are utilized to overcome any tendency to curl, in single 
weight papers, and are especially advantageous where the prints are to be 
sent out as folders, or mounted as album leaves. 


Artura 


Size 

4x5 . 






Gross 

. $1.15 

Cabinet . 






. 1.15 

5x7 . 






1.90 

5x8 . 






. 2.20 

6x8 . 






. 2.50 

7x9 . 






. 3.00 

8x10 . 






4.00 

9x 11 . 






. 4.50 

10x12 . 






. 5.40 


Size Gross 

11 x 14.$ 6.70 

12x15 . . . . . 7.50 

14x17.10.00 

16x20.16.00 

20x24 . 24.00 

j 10-foot rolls (20 in. wide), per roll . .95 

10-foot rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 1.90 

10-yard rolls (20 in. wide), per roll 2.40 

I 10-yard rolls (40 in. wide), per roll 4.80 


Solio Backing Paper in 10 yard rolls, 20 inches wide.1.70 

Solio Backing Paper in 10 yard rolls, 40 inches wide.3.40 

Solio Backing Paper in all cut sizes and in rolls, price 45% of the list price for Solio 

Paper, odd figures to end in 0 or 5. 


Velox Backing Paper, 10 yard roll, 20 inches wide.2.40 

Velox Backing Paper, 10 yard roll, 40 inches wide.4.80 

Velox Backing Paper in all cut sizes and in rolls, the same stock as Single Weight 
Velox, price 40% of the list price of Velox, odd figures to end in 0 or 5. 

Azo Backing Paper, 10 yard roll, 20 inches wide.. 1.65 

Azo Backing Paper, 10 yard roll, 40 inches wide.3.30 

Azo Backing Paper in all cut sizes and in rolls, price 72% of the list price of Azo 
Paper, odd figures to end in 0 or 5. 

Collodion Backing Paper, 10 foot rolls, 24J-4 inches wide.1.30 

Collodion Backing Paper, 5 yard rolls, 24J4 inches wide.1.80 

Collodion Backing Paper, 10 yard rolls, 24^4 inches wide.3.25 

Collodion Backing Paper, 50 yard rolls, 24J4 inches wide.15.00 

Collodion Backing Paper in all cut sizes, 60% of list of Aristo Platino, odd figures 


Kodak Leather Dressing 

A special preparation which we have manufactured and used exclusively 
for a camera dressing; unsurpassed for refinishing all real and imitation 
black leather articles. 

The Price 


Kodak Leather Dressing, per pint can. t .$ .35 

Eastman Lantern Slide Binders 

Strong, black paper, coated with a superior quality adhesive. 

The Price 


Eastman Lantern Slide Binders, per package of 50 strips . 


. $ .10 























174 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Double Coated Mounting Tape 

The Eastman Double Coated Mounting Tape consists of a strip of 
thin, tough white paper, one-half inch in width, coated on both sides w r ith 
a powerful adhesive, and is supplied in ioo foot rolls. 

The Price 

Eastman Double Coated Mounting Tape, per roll of 100 feet . . . . . $ .15 

Eastman Spotting Colors 

The set consists of four colors: black, blue, red and white. 

The Price 


Eastman Spotting Colors, per set 


$ .25 


Eastman Opaque 

For blocking out, and other similar work on negatives. 

The Price 


Eastman Opaque No. 1, per tube . . . . . . . . . . . . $ .15 
Eastman Opaque No. 2, per tube ............ .25 



EASTMAN 

PHOTO PASTE 

j **“*'’»'• rwiMlra. . 

*•** tar nxrtnf nAni mat *■ °* # ‘ 

Price, 20 Cents. 

Eastman ko.pak company 
POCHC6TCR. n. r. 

_ Arse J . s. M. _ 


Eastman Photo Paste 


A solid first quality white paste, 
nor discolor print or mount. 


Will not cockle 


The Price 

Eastman Photo Paste, 4 ounce jar 
Eastman Photo Paste, 8 ounce jar 
Eastman Photo Paste, 16 ounce jar 
Eastman Photo Paste, gallon tin can 


$ .10 
.20 
.40 
1.50 


Developing and Printing Cirkut Film 


PRICES OF DEVELOPING 


Length 


of 

5 in. 

6 in. 

6yi in. 

8 in. 

10 in. 

16 in. 

Neg. 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

24 in. 

$ .35 

$ .40 

$ .40 

$ .50 

$ .60 

$1.00 

30 in. 

.40 

.45 

.50 

.60 

.75 

1.20 

36 in. 

.50 

.55 

.60 

.75 

.90 

1.50 

42 in. 

.55 

.65 

.70 

.85 

1.05 

1.70 

48 in. 

65 

.75 

.80 

1.00 

1.20 

2.00 

54 in. 

.75 

.85 

.90 

1.10 

1.35 

2.20 

60 in. 

.80 

.90 

1.00 

1.20 

1.50 

2.40 

66 in. 

.85 

1.00 

1.10 

1.35 

1.65 

2.70 

72 in. 

.95 

1.10 

1.20 

1.45 

1.80 

2.90 


PRICES OF PRINTING 

Length 


of 

5 in. 

6 in. 

6 in. 

8 in. 

10 in. 

16 in. 

Print 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

Wide 

24 in. 

$ .75 

$ .85 

$ .95 

$1.15 

$1.40 

$2.30 

30 in. 

.90 

1.05 

1.15 

1.40 

1.75 

2.80 

36 in. 

1.10 

1.30 

1.40 

1.70 

2.10 

3.40 

42 in. 

1.25 

1.50 

1.60 

2.00 

2.45 

4.00 

48 in. 

1.45 

1.70 

1.85 

2.25 

2.80 

4.50 

54 in. 

1.60 

1.90 

2.05 

2.55 

3.15 

5.10 

60 in. 

1.75 

2.10 

2.25 

2.80 

3.50 

5.60 

66 in. 

2.00 

2.35 

2.50 

3.10 

3.85 

6.20 

72 in. 

2.15 

2.55 

2.75 

3.40 

4 20 

6.80 


Larger sizes at proportionate prices. 









Apparatus and Materials 


175 


Tested Chemicals 

PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE 

The importance of using tested chemicals 
of known quality and strength cannot be over¬ 
estimated. 

The impurities in any chemical may be neutral, 
that is, they may have no ill effect upon the chemi¬ 
cal preparation,—and again, the presence of such 
impurities may entirely defeat the desired action. 
Whether neutral or otherwise, any impurities work 
against the attainment of perfect results. With 
chemicals of unknown quality, careful weighing, 
hydrometer or similar tests are of no avail, and the photographer com¬ 
pounding a preparation with such chemicals is helpless in controlling its 
action, or in case of non-success discovering just what is wrong. To insure 
the best results with our products, it is imperative that we know absolutely 
the purity and strength of all chemicals employed and that when we use 
or offer for sale any chemicals or chemical preparations they must be of 
the highest possible quality—and further, they must be perfectly adapted 
to the goods with which they are to be used. 

For safety, economy and convenience, use E. K. Tested Chemicals. 



Nepera Solution 

A “universal” developer, as it may be used for Velox, 
Azo and Bromide papers, and when used in combination 
with Nepera Auxiliary Powders forms an excellent 
developer for plates and films. 

The Price 

Nepera Solution, 16 ounce bottle .$ .84 

Nepera Solution, y 2 gallon bottle (makes 2^2 gallons developer) 2.24 
Nepera Auxiliary Powders, for use with Nepera Solution, when 

developing films or plates, per dozen.25 



Nepera Developing Agent 

An ideal developer for either plates or paper. Each package sufficient 
for one thousand ounces of plate developer or two hundred and fifty ounces 
for paper. 

The Price 


Nepera Developing Agent, per ounce 










176 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Velox Liquid Developer, N. A. 



VE.LOX 

1 <Quid dkvelopei 

^° n ,/\ braaoc 


An excellent ready-to-use, concentrated developer 
for Velox and other developing-out papers. Absolutely 
prevents abrasion or friction marks on glossy papers. 
Affords a guide to fixing, as it turns the prints a canary 
yellow, which color does not disappear until the prints 
are thoroughly fixed. 


I 



: "•Hr* chemical co J 


The Price 

N. A. Liquid Developer, gallon bottle . $2.24 

Eastman’s P. S. Developer 


Prepared from tested Pyro and Sodas especially for 
professional use—a “ 3 -solution” preparation making 160 
ounces of developer. 

The Price 



Eastman’s P. S. Developer 


$ .40 


Eastman’s Acid Hardener 

For use in preparing the acid fixing bath. Each 
package sufficient for use with one gallon of water and 
two pounds of Hypo. 

The Price 

Eastman’s Acid Hardener, per package.$ .25 

Velox Liquid Hardener 

For use in preparing the correct acid fixing bath for 
Velox film and plates. 

The Price 

Velox Liquid Hardener, per 8 ounce bottle.$ .25 

Velox Liquid Hardener, per gallon bottle.1.25 

Velox Liquid Hardener, per 5 gallon jug.10.75 

Eastman’s Professional 
Kodak Tank and Machine 
Developing Powders 

Made especially for the professional who does amateur 
finishing. Each package makes 48 ounces stock solution. 

The Price 

Per package.$ .60 
























Apparatus and Materials 


177 


Acrol 

Acrol is a developing agent which forms a highly satisfactory 
developer when mixed with a solution of sodium sulphite alone, no alkali 
being necessary. It is rapid working, producing negatives of good printing 
quality, and is also especially adapted for use with Bromide papers. 

Acrol, per 1 ounce bottle. $ 1 10 

Acrol, per y pound bottle. ... 415 

Acrol, per y 2 pound bottle. . 8 15 

Acrol, per 1 pound bottle.16 00 


Elon 

A vigorous developing agent of excellent keeping qualities for use in 
combination with Hydrochinon. 

Elon-Hydrochinon developer will produce rich developing paper prints 
of good color and gradation. 

Elon, per ounce ............. 

Elon, per % pound. 

Elon, per y 2 pound. 

Elon, per pound . 


Tozol 

A simplified developing agent for photographic papers. 

With Tozol the stock developer solution is made by simply adding the 
sodas, bromide and wood alcohol. 

Tozol affords strength and brilliancy with richness and depth of tone. 


Tozol, per ounce bottle . .. $ .85 

Tozol, per y pound. 3 .IS 

Tozol, per y 2 pound .............. 6.15 

Tozol, per 1 pound .12.00 

Tozol, per 5 pounds .............. 59.50 


Roylon 

Roylon is a strictly first-class developing agent for use in connection with 
hydrochinon, vigorous in action and perfect in the production of gradation. 

Roylon possesses the further advantage of avoiding, in most cases, the 
ill effect on the hands produced by some of the other developing agents. 

Roylon, per 1 ounce bottle. 

Roylon, per y pound. 

Roylon, per pound. 

Roylon, per 1 pound. 

Eastman’s Permanent Crystal Pyro 

A decided improvement over the light feathery pyro, as it can be 
handled without danger from floating particles. Packed in sealed bottles. 


Eastman Permanent Crystal Pyro, per ounce.$ .40 

Eastman Permanent Crystal Pyro, per y pound .1.30 

Eastman Permanent Crystal Pyro, per y 2 pound .2.45 

Eastman Permanent Crystal Pyro, per pound ..4.75 

Eastman Permanent Crystal Pyro, per 5 pound can.23.50 





























178 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Tested Pyro—Resublimed 

Those who prefer Pyro in this form to the crystals will find it first- 
class in every respect—it bears our “Tested Chemical” seal. 

The Price 

Eastman Tested Pyro, Resublimed, per 1 ounce tin ....... 

Eastman Tested Pyro, Resublimed, per % pound tin . 

Eastman Tested Pyro, Resublimed, per J4 pound tin . 

Eastman Tested Pyro, Resublimed, per 1 pound tin ....... 

Eastman Tested Pyro, Resublimed, per 5 pound tin . 


Kodelon 

A very satisfactory developing agent for Artura, Velox, Azo and other 
Developing-Out papers. Used in combination with Hydrochinon and should 
be prepared in accordance with formulae accompanying bottle. 

The Price 


Kodelon, per 1 ounce.$ .80 

Kodelon, per % pound.2.90 

Kodelon, per y 2 pound.5.65 

Kodelon, per 1 pound. 11.00 

Kodelon, per 5 pounds.54.50 


Royal Re-Developer 

For producing true and permanent sepia tones on Velox, Azo and 
Bromide papers. Used also for intensifying plate or film negatives. 

The Price 

Royal Re-Developer, per package.$ .75 

Aristo Gold Solution 

Made from the Pure Metal 

Absolutely reliable and uniform in strength and acidity. Will tone 
more prints for the money than any other brand on the market. 

Put up in three different strengths in half-ounce bottles. 

The Price 

Aristo Gold Solution, No. 1 , per bottle .50 

Aristo Gold Solution, No. 2 , per bottle. 1.00 

Aristo Gold Solution, No. 3, per bottle .......... 2.00 


Aristo Platinum Solution 

Ready for use. In connection with gold bath this preparation produces 
rich, black carbon effects on Aristo Platino. Put up in two sizes. 

The Price 

Aristo Platinum Solution, No. 1 ( z / 2 ounce bottle) ........ $1.00 

Aristo Platinum Solution, No. 2 (1 ounce bottle).2.00 




















Apparatus and Materials 


179 


Eastman’s Ground Glass Substitute 


For producing a ground glass effect on the back of negatives. Flows 
evenly, dries quickly. Invaluable in working up negatives. 


The Price 


Eastman’s Ground Glass Substitute, per 4 ounce bottle 


$ .40 


Eastman’s Reducer 

For reducing negatives and removing stains. Put up in glass tubes, 
each tube making 32 ounces of solution. 

The Price 

Eastman’s Reducer, per carton of five tubes . . $ .50 


Aristo Spotting Colors 

These colors adapted to any of the tones produced on Aristo papers 
and with gloss surface prints will burnish to the same brilliancy as the film. 

The Price 

Aristo Spotting Colors, per package $ .50 


Adamantine Negative Varnish 


No sticking or staining in any kind of weather if directions are followed. 


The Price 


Adamantine Negative Varnish, per 6 ounce bottle $ .40 

Adamantine Negative Varnish, per pint ....... 1.00 

Adamantine Negative Varnish, per quart.1-90 

Adamantine Negative Varnish, per gallon ...... 7.00 


Eastman Tested Sodas 


Prepared with special reference to photographic work. 




SULPHITE 

cnriA 



The Price 


Carbonate of Soda (Dessicated), per 1 pound bottle . $ .30 

Carbonate of Soda (Dessicated), per 5 pound bottle . 1.00 

Carbonate of Soda (Dessicated), per 1 pound can .21 

Carbonate of Soda (Dessicated), per 5 pound can .85 

Carbonate of Soda (Dessicated), per 25 pound tin 3.50 

Sulphite of Soda (Dessicated), per 1 pound bottle .33 

Sulphite of Soda (Dessicated), per 5 pound bottle 1.20 

Sulphite of Soda (Dessicated), per 1 pound can .25 

Sulphite of Soda (Dessicated), per 5 pound can I.OOn 

Sulphite of Soda (Dessicated), p er 25 pound tin 4.75 















180 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Retouching Fluid 

This fluid gives excellent tooth for pencil and allows of 
much building up. Either soft or hard pencils may be used. 

The Price 

Eastman Retouching Fluid, per ounce bottle . . . . $ .25 


Eastman 

Non-Inflammable Retouching Varnish 

This varnish will not remove the most delicate penciling, 
nor will paper adhere to negatives coated with it. Flows 
easily and dries almost instantly, affording a fine and even 
tooth for the retouching lead. 

The Price 

Eastman Non-Inflammable Retouching Varnish, per 16 ounce bottle . $ .60 

Eastman Filter Cotton 

First quality cotton, prepared with special reference to laboratory use. 

The Price 


Eastman Filter Cotton, per 1 ounce package . . . $ .08 

Eastman Filter Cotton, per 2 ounce package.13 

Eastman Filter Cotton, per 4 ounce package ......... .24 

Eastman Filter Cotton, per 8 ounce package ......... .40 

Eastman Filter Cotton, per 1 pound package ......... .70 




Litmus Paper 

One hundred strips, packed in glass tube, red for acids and blue for 
alkalies. 

The Price 

Litmus Paper, red or blue, per tube .10 


Nepera Waxing Solution 

For helping detail and adding lustre to sepia prints. Especially 
effective on sepia toned Royal Velox prints. Apply evenly with canton 
flannel and rub into the surface. 

The Price 


Nepera Waxing Solution, per 4 ounce bottle 


$ .20 















Apparatus and Materials 


181 


Eastman Liquid Intensifier 

An excellent one solution intensifier. 

Being ready for use without dilution it forms a most convenient 
preparation. May be used repeatedly. 

The Price 

Eastman Liquid Intensifier, per 8 ounce bottle . . . $ .35 


Eastman Intensifier 


An intensifier that combines rapidity of action with 
permanency of results. 

This intensifier is in powder form, packed in glass 
tubes and may be made up either in one or two solu¬ 
tions. When made up separately will keep indefinitely, 
and may be mixed as required. 

Each tube makes 15 ounces of stock solution. 

The Price 

Eastman Intensifier, per tube ......... 



$ .15 


Solio Toner 


A thoroughly reliable concentrated toning and fixing solution for Solio. 


The Price 


Solio Toner, per 8 ounce bottle 
Solio Toner, per l /i gallon bottle 


$ .50 
2.00 


Solio Hardener 

For use in fixing bath for Solio when separate toning is employed.. 

The Price 


Solio Hardener, per 8 ounce bottle 

Solio Hardener, per gallon bottle 

Solio Hardener Powders, for 16 ounces solution . 


$ .35 
1.75 
.40 















182 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Eastman Tested Chemicals 


Acid Acetic 28% or No. 

8 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

. $ .20 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

.33 

Bottle, 5 pounds. 

. 1.20 

tAcid Acetic 28% or No. 

8 

100 pound Carboy, 1 

pound. 10 

fAcetic Acid 80% 

100 pound Carboy, 1 

pound.23 

Acid Glacial Acetic 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.16 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

.90 

Bottle, 5 pounds. 

. 3.80 

Acid Citric Powdered 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.18 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

.43 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

.80 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

. 1.50 

Acid Muriatic C. P. 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.17 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

.23 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

.31 

.39 

Acid Nitric, C. P. 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

. 21 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

.29 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

.39 

.53 

Acid Oxalic 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.17 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

.43 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

.80 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

. 1.50 

Acid Phosphoric 50% 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.18 

Bottle, 34 pound.... 

.29 

Bottle, 34 pound.... 

.42 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

. 66 

Acid Sulphuric C. P. 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.17 

Bottle, 34 pound.... 

.26 

Bottle, 34 pound.... 

.32 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

.42 

Acid Sulphurous 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

.17 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

.44 

Acid Tartaric 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

. 1.25 

Acrol 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

. 1.10 

Bottle, 34 pound.... 

. 4.15 

Bottle, 34 pound.... 
Bottle, 1 pound. 

. 8.15 

. 16.00 

Alcohol, Wood 

Bottle, Pint. 

.45 

Bottle, Quart. 

.85 

Can, 5 gallons. 

. 11.60 

Alum Powdered 

Carton, 1 pound.... 

. 20 

Tin, 5 pounds. 

.95 

Drum, 100 pounds. . . 

.Market Price 

Prices subject to 


Alum Crystals 

Carton, 1 pound. $ .20 

Alum Chrome Crystals 

Carton, 1 pound.60 

Aluminum Chloride 

Bottle, 1 ounce.15 

Ammonium Sulphocyanate 

Bottle, 1 ounce.40 

Bottle, 34 pound. 2.75 

Borax 

Carton, 1 pound.20 


Elon 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

Can, 10 pounds.,. 

Formaldehyde + 0 % 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 11 

Bottle, 1 pound.50 

Gold Chloride C. P. 

Bottle, 15 gr.Market Price 

Gold Chloride C. P. 1 doz. 

Bottle, 15 gr.Market Price 

Gold Chloride and Sodium 

Bottle, 15 gr.3 5 

Hydrochinon 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

Bottle, H pound. 

Bottle, y 2 pound. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 


Special Can, 1 ounce.31 

Special Can, 34 pound. 1.00 

Special Can, 34 pound. 1.93 

Special Can, 1 pound. 3.75 

Tin, 5 pounds. 18.50 

Tin, 25 pounds. 

Iodine Resublimed 

Bottle, 1 ounce.55 

Lead Acetate 

Bottle, 1 ounce.15 

Carton, 1 pound.60 

Lead Nitrate 

Bottle, 1 ounce.09 

Bottle, 1 pound ... .30 

Magnesium Powder 

Bottle, 1 ounce.50 

Tin, 34 pound. 1.80 

Can, 34 pound. 3.52 

Can, 1 pound. 6.90 

Mercury Bichloride 

Bottle, 1 ounce.25 

Bottle, 34 pound.83 

Bottle, 34 pound. 1.55 

Bottle, 1 pound.300 

Paramidolphenol Hydrochlorate 

Bottle, 1 ounce.80 

Bottle, 34 pound. 5.65 

Bottle, 1 pound. 11.00 


nge without notice. 

































































































Apparatus and Materials 


183 


Eastman Tested Chemicals — Continued 


Potassium Bromide 

Can, 1 ounce. $ .19 

Can, 34 pound.56 

Can, p 2 pound. 1.05 

Can, 1 pound. 2.00 

Tin, 5 pounds. 9.80 

Potassium Carbonate 

Bottle, x /z pound. 1.00 

Bottle, 1 pound. 1.90 

Potassium Chloroplatinite 

Bottle, 15 gr. 2.70 

Potassium Ferricyanide 

Bottle, 1 ounce.47 

Bottle, 34 pound. 1.58 

Bottle, Yz pound. 3.00 

Bottle, 1 pound. 5.85 

Potassium Iodide 

Bottle, 1 ounce.36 

Bottle, Ya pound. 1.27 

Bottle, 34 pound. 2.45 

Bottle, 1 pound. 4.80 

Potassium Oxalate 

Carton, 1 pound. 2.00 

Potassium Permanganate 

Bottle, 1 ounce....'..65 

Bottle, 34 pound. 2.43 

Bottle, 34 pound. 4.75 


Potassium Metabisulphite 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

Bottle, 34 pound.- 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

Potassium Sulphocyanate 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

Roy Ion 

Bottle, 1 ounce. 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 34 pound. 

Bottle, 1 pound. 

Silver Nitrate 

Bottle .Market Price 


Sodium Acetate 

Bottle, 1 ounce. $ .10 

Bottle, Ya pound.15 

Bottle, 34 pound.20 

Bottle, 1 pound.35 

Sodium Bicarbonate 

Carton, 1 pound.10 

Sodium Bisulphite 

Bottle, 1 ounce.10 

Bottle, Ya pound.15 

Bottle, 34 pound.20 

Bottle, 1 pound.35 

Can, 5 pounds. 1.00 

Sodium Carbonate (Des.) 

Bottle, 1 pound.30 

Bottle, 5 pounds. 1.00 

Can, 1 pound.21 

Can, 5 pounds.85 

Tin, 25 pounds. 3.50 

*Sodium Hyposulphite Granular 

Carton, 1 pound.08 

*Sodium Hyposulphite Pea Crystal 

Carton, 1 pound.05 

Sodium Sulphide 

Bottle, 1 ounce.13 

Bottle, 34 pound.19 

Bottle, 34 pound.31 

Bottle, 1 pound.50 

Sodium Sulphite (Des.) 

Bottle, 1 pound.33 

Bottle, 5 pounds. 1.20 

Can, 1 pound.25 

Can, 5 pounds. 1.00 

Tin, 25 pounds. 4.75 

Sodium Nitrate 

Bottle, 34 pound.19 

Bottle, 1 pound.44 

Tozol 

Bottle, 1 ounce.85 

Bottle, Ya pound. 3.15 

Bottle, 34 pound. 6.15 

Bottle, 1 pound. 12.00 

Velox Lantern Slide Film Varnish 

Bottle, 4 ounces.35 


Prices subject to change and temporary withdrawal without notice. 

^Quotations on Granular and Pea Crystal Hypo in 5, 10, 25 and 100 keg lots, also barrels 
(350 pounds) will be furnished upon request. 

fThe charge of $3.00 for carboys will be credited to dealer upon return of same to Rochester, 
N. Y., if received in good condition, transportation charges prepaid. 










































































184 


Eastman Professional Photographic 


Artura Specialties 

Developer Powder No. 1, 1 cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . $ .07 

Developer Powder No. 1, box of 6 cartridges ......... .35 

Developer Powder No. 2, 1 cartridge ........... .14 

Developer Powder No. 2, box of 6 cartridges ......... .70 

Artura Sepia Salt (1 cartridge) ............ .15 

Artura Sepia Salt (6 cartridges) ............ .80 

Prices subject to change without notice. 

Seed Specialties 

y 2 Doz. 

Metol-Hydro Powders in packages 

Eiko-Hydro Powders in packages ............ .25 

Hydrochinon Powders in packages ........... .25 

Pyro Powders in packages ............. .25 

Sulphite of Soda, per pound ............. .35 

Sulphite of Soda, 5 pound bottles ............ 1.50 

Carbonate of Soda, per pound ............ .25 

Carbonate of Soda, 5 pound bottles ........... 1.00 

Prices subject to change without notice. 


We submit the foregoing chemical price list solely for your 
guidance in placing chemical orders. It supplies current prices, 
also indicates the materials we are temporarily unable to furnish, 
quotations on same being omitted. 

The prices are strictly provisional,—are not binding on any¬ 
one and are subject to change without notice. 


EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY. 


















Apparatus and Materials 


185 


Terms 

All up-to-date dealers in professional photographic goods 
carry our apparatus and materials in stock. Consumers can 
save time and money by purchasing through such dealers. If 
your dealer has not the goods in stock, write to us or to our 
nearest branch (New York, Chicago or San Francisco), and 
we will either put you in touch with a near-by dealer who has 
the goods, or arrange to ship direct and bill through a dealer. 

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY 

ROCHESTER, N. Y. 


New York: 235-239 West 23rd Street 
Chicago: 18th Street and Indiana Avenue 
San Francisco: 241 Battery Street 








.«* >#s 









